AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON September 30, 2013

 REGISTRATION NOS. 333 - ________
 811 - 22894


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


FORM N-1A


REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
[X]
PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.
[   ]
POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO.
[   ]
AND/OR
 
   
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
[X]
AMENDMEN T NO .
[   ]
 

 
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

803 West Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53233

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)
Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (414) 299-2295

Constance Dye Shannon
UMB Fund Services, Inc.
803 West Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53233

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

COPIES TO:

Michael Glazer
Bingham McCutchen LLP
355 South Grand Avenue, Suite 4400
Los Angeles, CA 90071-3106


The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 
 

 
 
Subject to Completion
September 30, 2013
 
The information in this Prospectus is not complete and may be changed.  These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  This Prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
 
Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC

Cedar Ridge Unconstrained Credit Fund
Class: Ticker
Investor Class: __ ___
Institutional Class: __ ___


PROSPECTUS
_______    ___ , 20__

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) has not approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this Prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
 

 
 
Cedar Ridge Unconstrained Credit Fund
A series of Investment Managers Series Trust II (the “Trust”)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY SECTION
1
MORE ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE[S], PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS
7
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
14
RULE 12b-1 PLAN AND SERVICE FEES
16
YOUR ACCOUNT WITH THE FUND
17
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
25
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
26
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
27

This Prospectus sets forth basic information about the Fund that you should know before investing.  It should be read and retained for future reference.

The date of this Prospectus is _____ _ , 2013.
 
 
 

 
 
SUMMARY SECTION

Investment Objectives

The investment objective of the Cedar Ridge Unconstrained Credit Fund (the “Fund”) is to seek capital appreciation and income.

Fees and Expenses of the Fund

This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy and hold shares of the Fund.

Shareholder Fees
(fees paid directly from your investment)
Investor
Class
Institutional
Class
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a percentage of offering price)
None
None
Maximum deferred sales charge (load)
None
None
Redemption fee if redeemed within 30 days of purchase (as a percentage of amount redeemed)
1.00%
1.00%
Wire fee
$20
$20
Overnight check delivery fee
$15
$15
Retirement account fees (annual maintenance fee)
$15
$15
     
Annual Fund Operating Expenses
(expenses that you pay each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
 
 
Management fees
1.00%
1.00%
Distribution   (Rule 12b-1) fees
0.25%
None
Other expenses 1
   
Interest expense on short sales 1
____%
____%
Shareholder service fee 1
____%
____%
All other expenses 1
____%
____%
Total annual fund operating expenses
____%
____%
Fees waived and/or expenses reimbursed 2
(____%)
(____%)
Total annual fund operating expenses after waiving fees and/or reimbursing expenses 2
1.74%
1.49%

1
“Other expenses” have been estimated for the current fiscal year. Actual expenses may differ from estimates.
2
The Fund’s advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or pay for operating expenses of the Fund to ensure that total annual fund operating expenses (excluding any taxes, leverage interest, brokerage commissions, dividend and interest expenses on short sales, acquired fund fees and expenses (as determined in accordance with Form N-1A), expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization, and extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses) do not exceed 1.74% and 1.49% of the average daily net assets of Investor Class and Institutional Class shares of the Fund, respectively.  This agreement is in effect until ____ __, 20__, and it may be terminated before that date only by the Trust’s Board of Trustees.  The Fund’s advisor is permitted to seek reimbursement from the Fund, subject to certain limitations, of fees waived or payments made to the Fund for a period of three years from the date of the waiver or payment.
 
 
1

 

SUMMARY SECTION

Example

This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds.

The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods.  The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year and that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same.

Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be:

 
One Year
Three Years
Investor Class
$ _____
$ _____
Institutional Class
$ _____
$ _____

Portfolio Turnover

The Fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio).  A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account.  These costs, which are not reflected in annual fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. The Fund is newly-created and, as a result, does not yet have a portfolio turnover rate.

Principal Investment Strategies
Under normal circumstances, the Fund invests primarily in various credit-related instruments.  “Credit-related instruments” are debt securities, instruments and obligations of government, non-governmental and corporate entities and issuers and include (i) debt issued by or on behalf of states, territories, and possessions of the United States, (ii) corporate bonds, notes and other debentures, (iii) securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, instrumentalities or sponsored entities, (iv) sovereign debt, including emerging markets debt, (v) zero coupon securities, (vi) collateralized debt and loan obligations, (vii) senior secured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt, (viii) second lien or other subordinated or unsecured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt, (ix) preferred securities , and (x) derivatives with similar economic characteristics .   The Fund may invest up to 100% of its net assets in any one of the categories of instruments included in the preceding sentence.  The Fund may invest its total assets, including borrowings for investment purposes and proceeds from short selling, if any, without restriction in debt securities of any maturity and credit quality, including securities that are rated at the time of investment below investment grade (that is, securities rated below the Baa3/BBB- categories by nationally recognized securities rating organizations or, if unrated, determined to be of comparable quality by the Advisor), commonly referred to as “junk bonds .

The Fund is managed as a total return fund, employing a “credit long/short” investment strategy. Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC (“Cedar Ridge” or the “Advisor”) , will make assessments across the fixed income markets, that will include an analysis of asset classes, investing sectors, individual credits, and security selection in order to identify  undervalued securities and overlooked market opportunities, as well as to attempt to take advantage of certain arbitrage opportunities. The Fund’s short positions may equal up to 100% of the Fund’s net asset value .

The Fund may also engage in borrowing for cash management purposes or for investment purposes, in order to increase its holdings of portfolio securities and/or to collateralize short sale positions.

The Fund may use exchange traded funds (“ETFs”), and derivatives, such as options, futures contracts, forward currency contracts and swap agreements (including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, credit default swaps and total return swaps) , both for hedging purposes and to seek investment returns consistent with the Fund’s investment objective.
 
 
2

 

The Fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in equity instruments, including common stock, depositary receipts, rights, warrants, ETFs and other instruments whose price is linked to the value of common stock. The Fund may hold long or short positions in equity instruments, and may invest in equity instruments of issuers of any market capitalization.

Principal Risks of Investing

Risk is inherent in all investing. A summary description of certain principal risks of investing in the Fund is set forth below. Before you decide whether to invest in the Fund, carefully consider these risk factors associated with investing in the Fund, which may cause investors to lose money.  There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.

Market Risk.   The market price of a security or instrument may decline, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably, due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions throughout the world, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally.  The market value of a security or instrument also may decline because of factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry.

Fixed Income Securities Risk. The prices of fixed income securities respond to economic developments, particularly interest rate changes, as well as to changes in an issuer’s credit rating or market perceptions about the creditworthiness of an issuer.  Generally fixed income securities decrease in value if interest rates rise and increase in value if interest rates fall, and longer-term and lower rated securities are more volatile than higher rated securities.

Credit Risk.   If an issuer or guarantor of a debt security held by the Fund or a counterparty to a financial contract with the Fund defaults or is downgraded or is perceived to be less creditworthy, or if the value of the assets underlying a security declines, the value of the Fund’s portfolio will typically decline.   Subordinated securities are more likely to suffer a credit loss than non-subordinated securities of the same issuer and will be disproportionately affected by a default, downgrade or perceived decline in creditworthiness.

Interest Rate Risk.   The value of debt securities changes as interest rates change and the value of debt securities typically decline if the interest rates increase.  Debt securities with longer durations or fixed interest rates tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, which makes them more volatile than debt securities with shorter durations or floating or adjustable rates.

Prepayment or Call Risk.   Many issuers have a right to prepay their securities. If interest rates fall, an issuer may exercise this right. If this happens, the Fund will be forced to reinvest prepayment proceeds at a time when yields on securities available in the market are lower than the yield on the prepaid security. The Fund may also lose any premium it paid on the security.

Extension Risk.   If interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities may occur more slowly than anticipated by the market. This may drive the prices of these securities down because their interest rates are lower than the current interest rate and they remain outstanding longer.

Municipal Bond Risk.   Interest rates on tax-exempt municipal bonds are generally lower than taxable bonds, and the return on investment in the Fund may be lower than an investment in another fund that does not invest in tax-exempt municipal obligations.  Changes or proposed changes in federal tax laws could impact the value of the debt securities of municipal issuers that the Fund may purchase. Also, the failure or possible failure of such debt issuances to qualify for tax-exempt treatment may cause the prices of such municipal securities to decline, possibly adversely affecting the value of the Fund’s portfolio, and such a failure could also result in additional taxable income to the Fund and its shareholders. The value of municipal securities can also be adversely affected by changes in the financial condition of one or more individual municipal issuers or credit enhancement providers for  municipal issuers, regulatory and political developments, legislative actions, and by uncertainties and public perceptions concerning these and other factors. Financial difficulties impacting certain municipal issuers could result in an increasing number of defaults on obligations by municipal issuers.
 
 
3

 

High Yield Bond Risk.   High yield bonds are debt securities rated below investment grade (often called “junk bonds”).  High yield bonds are speculative, involve greater risks of default, downgrade, or price declines and are more volatile and tend to be less liquid than investment-grade securities. Companies issuing high yield bonds are less financially strong, are more likely to encounter financial difficulties, and are more vulnerable to adverse market events and negative sentiments than companies with higher credit ratings.

Short Sales Risk.   In connection with a short sale of a security or other instrument, the Fund is subject to the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security or other instrument sold short will rise.  If the price of the borrowed security or other instrument increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security or other instrument, the Fund will experience a loss, which is theoretically unlimited since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of a security or other instrument sold short to increase. Shorting options or futures may have an imperfect correlation to the assets held by the Fund and may not adequately protect against losses in or may result in greater losses for the Fund’s portfolio.

Foreign Investment Risk.   The prices of foreign securities may be more volatile than the securities of U.S. issuers because of economic and social conditions abroad, political developments, and changes in the regulatory environment of foreign countries.  In addition, changes in exchange rates and interest rates may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s foreign investments.  Foreign companies are generally subject to different legal and accounting standards than U.S. companies, and foreign financial intermediaries may be subject to less supervision and regulation than U.S. financial firms.

Emerging Market Risk.   Many of the risks with respect to foreign investments are more pronounced for investments in issuers in developing or emerging market countries. Emerging market countries tend to have less government exchange controls, more volatile interest and currency exchange rates, less market regulation, and less developed economic, political and legal systems than those of more developed countries.  In addition, emerging market countries may experience high levels of inflation and may have less liquid securities markets and less efficient trading and settlement systems.

Currency Risk.    The value of investments in securities denominated in foreign currencies increases or decreases as the rates of exchange between those currencies and the U.S. Dollar change. Currency conversion costs and currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses. Currency exchange rates can be volatile and are affected by factors such as general economic conditions, the actions of the U.S. and foreign governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.

Foreign Sovereign Risk.   Foreign governments rely on taxes and other revenue sources to pay interest and principal on their debt obligations.  The payment of principal and interest on these obligations may be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including economic results within the foreign country, changes in interest and exchange rates, changes in debt ratings, changing political sentiments, legislation, policy changes, a limited tax base or limited revenue sources, natural disasters, or other economic or credit problems.

Derivatives Risk.   Derivatives include instruments and contracts that are based on and valued in relation to one or more underlying securities, financial benchmarks, indices, or other reference obligations or measures of value such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts.  Using derivatives can have a leveraging effect and increase fund volatility.  Derivatives can be highly illiquid and difficult to unwind or value, and changes in the value of a derivative held by the Fund may not correlate with the value of the underlying instrument or the Fund’s other investments.  Many of the risks applicable to trading the instruments underlying derivatives are also applicable to derivatives trading.  However, additional risks are associated with derivatives trading that are possibly greater than the risks associated with investing directly in the underlying instruments.  These additional risks include illiquidity risk, and counterparty credit risk.  A small investment in derivatives could have a potentially large impact on the Fund’s performance.  Financial reform laws have changed many aspects of financial regulation applicable to derivatives. Once implemented, new regulations, including margin, clearing, and trade execution requirements, may make derivatives more costly, may limit their availability, may present different risks or may otherwise adversely affect the value or performance of these instruments. The extent and impact of these regulations are not yet fully known and may not be known for some time.
 
 
4

 

Borrowing Risk.   Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of Fund shares and in the return on the Fund’s portfolio. Borrowing will cost the Fund interest expense and other fees. The costs of borrowing may reduce the Fund’s return. Borrowing may cause the Fund to liquidate positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations.

Collateralized Debt Obligations Risk. Collateralized debt obligations are subject to credit, interest rate, valuation, prepayment and extension risks. These securities also are subject to risk of default on the underlying asset, particularly during periods of economic downturn.

Leveraging Risk.   Certain Fund transactions, including futures contracts and short positions in financial instruments, may give rise to a form of leverage.  Leverage can magnify the effects of changes in the value of the Fund’s investments and make the Fund more volatile.  Leverage creates a risk of loss of value on a larger pool of assets than the Fund would otherwise have had, potentially resulting in the loss of all assets.  The Fund may also have to sell assets at inopportune times to satisfy its obligations in connection with such transactions.

Liquidity Risk.   The Fund may not be able to sell some of the investments that it holds due to a lack of demand in the marketplace or other factors such as market turmoil, or if the Fund is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs it may only be able to sell those investments at a loss. Illiquid assets may also be difficult to value.

Asset Segregation Risk.   As a series of an investment company registered with the SEC, the Fund must segregate liquid assets, or engage in other measures to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivatives and short sales.  The Fund may incur losses on derivatives and other leveraged investments (including the entire amount of the Fund’s investment in such investments) even if they are covered.

Portfolio Turnover Risk.   Active and frequent trading of the Fund’s portfolio securities may lead to higher transaction costs and may result in a greater number of transactions than would otherwise be the case, which could negatively affect the Fund’s performance.  A high rate of portfolio turnover is 100% or more.

Management and Strategy Risk.   The value of your investment depends on the judgment of the Fund’s Advisor about the quality, relative yield, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry, sector or region, which may prove to be incorrect.  Investment strategies employed by the Fund’s Advisor in selecting investments for the Fund may not result in an increase in the value of your investment or in overall performance equal to other investments.

Equity Risk.   The value of the equity securities held by the Fund may fall due to general market and economic conditions, perceptions regarding the industries in which the issuers of securities held by the Fund participate, or factors relating to specific companies in which the Fund invests.

Non-Diversification Risk.   The Fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means the Fund may invest a larger percentage of its assets in the securities of a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund.  Investment in securities of a limited number of issuers exposes the Fund to greater market risk and potential losses than if its assets were diversified among the securities of a greater number of issuers.

No Operating History.   The Fund is newly organized and has no operating history.  As a result, prospective investors have no track record or history on which to base their investment decisions .
 
 
5

 

Performance
The Fund is new and does not have a full calendar year performance record to compare against other mutual funds or broad measures of securities market performance such as indices. Performance information will be available after the Fund has been in operation for one calendar year.

Investment Advisor
Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC   (the “Advisor” or “Cedar Ridge”)

Portfolio Managers
The portfolio management team of Alan E. Hart, Jeffrey A. Rosenkranz, David S. Falk, Guy J. Benstead,  and Jeffery M. Hudson has served as portfolio managers for the Fund since its inception on _____.

Purchase and Sale of Fund Shares
To purchase shares of the Fund, you must invest at least the minimum amount.

Minimum Investments
To Open
Your Account
To Add to
Your Account
Investor Class
   
Direct Regular Accounts
$4,000
$1,000
Direct Retirement Accounts
$4,000
$1,000
Automatic Investment Plan
$4,000
$100
Gift Account For Minors
$4,000
$1,000
Institutional Class
   
Direct Regular Accounts
$ ___
$ ___
Direct Retirement Accounts
$ ___
$ ___
Automatic Investment Plan
$ ___
$ ___
Gift Account For Minors
$ ___
$ __]

Fund shares are redeemable on any business day the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) is open for business, by written request or by telephone.

Tax Information
The Fund’s distributions are generally taxable, and will ordinarily be taxed as ordinary income, qualified dividend income or capital gains, unless you are investing through a tax-deferred arrangement, such as a 401(k) plan or an individual retirement account.  Shareholders investing through such tax-deferred accounts may be taxed later upon withdrawal of monies from those accounts.

Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
If you purchase shares of the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services.   These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment.  Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information .
 
 
6

 
 
MORE ABOUT THE FUND’S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS

Investment Objective
The Fund’s investment objective is to seek capital appreciation and income.  The Fund’s investment objective is not fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval, upon at least 60 days’ prior written notice to shareholders. There is no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives.

Principal Investment Strategies

The Fund is managed as a total return fund that invests primarily in a portfolio of credit-related instruments, including, but not limited to, corporate bonds, notes and other debentures, municipal bonds, U.S. Treasury and Agency securities, sovereign debt, emerging markets debt, zero coupon securities, collateralized debt and loan obligations, senior secured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt, subordinated or unsecured floating rate and fixed rate loans or debt , and preferred securities that are actively traded in the public markets.  The Fund may also invest in derivatives both for hedging purposes and in an attempt to achieve investment returns consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives.  These instruments include options, futures contracts, forward currency contracts, swap agreements (including, but not limited to, interest rate swaps, credit default swaps and total return swaps) and similar instruments.

In pursuing the Fund’s investment objective, the Fund’s Advisor employs a “credit long/short” investment strategy.  The Advisor will make assessments across the fixed income markets, including an analysis of asset classes, investing sectors, individual credits, and security selection in order to identify undervalued securities and overlooked market opportunities, as well as to attempt to take advantage of certain arbitrage opportunities.  The Fund’s short positions may equal up to 100% of the Fund’s net asset value, and it is possible that at certain times, the Fund could be approximately 100% short.  The Advisor will seek to hedge the portfolio’s credit and interest rate risks by holding both long and short positions, as well as by engaging in certain hedging strategies that may include the use of interest rate swaps, credit default swaps, total return swaps, ETFs, futures and options.

The Fund may invest in debt securities of any maturity and credit quality, including high yield bonds. The Fund may also engage in borrowing for cash management purposes or for investment purposes, in order to increase its holdings of portfolio securities and/or to collateralize short sale positions.  The Fund may also invest without limit in municipal bonds, including federally tax-exempt municipal bonds.  The Fund may invest long or short in equity and equity-related securities for opportunistic as well as hedging purposes.
 
The Advisor’s decision-making process can be best described as a top-down analysis of fundamental trends affecting the macro-economic environment and projecting the impacts on the resulting interest-rate and business-cycles.  The Advisor will select asset classes within the fixed-income universe that the Advisor deems to be attractive, sectors, industries and ultimately specific credits which the Advisor favors for potential long exposures, and ones it does not favor for potential short exposures.  The Advisor will then analyze specific securities with a bottom-up approach to determine the best, most opportunistic way to express these credit opinions within the Fund’s total return objective.  The Advisor accesses information directly from a variety of sources, including but not limited to, the SEC’s EDGAR system, Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (“MSRB”) filed documents available on its website or Bloomberg L.P., independent third party research, and published reports by sell side research teams.  In addition, the Advisor will also utilize various other public sources of industry and market information, such as Bloomberg L.P., Dow Jones, Thomson Financial, Reuters, Federal Reserve Bank of New York, and the major credit rating agencies including Moody’s, S&P, and Fitch.
 
The Advisor will continuously focus on both the primary new issue and secondary markets to identify both buy and sell opportunities.  Transaction decisions are based on ongoing review of factors and data affecting the overall economy and general markets as well as the Fund’s investments in specific asset classes at the time.  Investment decisions may be based on, among other things, credit opinions, identification of relative value opportunities, portfolio diversification objectives, observed market activities and valuations, and specific performance of individual securities and their contribution to the overall construction and performance of the portfolio.
 
When the Advisor believes that current market, economic, political or other conditions are unsuitable and would impair the pursuit of the Fund’s investment objective, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, cash equivalents, or other similar debt instruments. When the Fund takes a temporary defensive position, the Fund may not achieve its investment objectives.
 
 
7

 

Principal Risks of Investing

The Fund’s principal risks are set forth below.  Before you decide whether to invest in the Fund, carefully consider these risk factors and special considerations associated with investing in the Fund, which may cause you to lose money.

 
·
Market Risk.   The market price of a security or instrument may decline, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably, due to general market conditions that are not specifically related to a particular company, such as real or perceived adverse economic or political conditions throughout the world, changes in the general outlook for corporate earnings, changes in interest or currency rates or adverse investor sentiment generally.  The market value of a security or instrument also may decline because of factors that affect a particular industry or industries, such as labor shortages or increased production costs and competitive conditions within an industry.  The financial crisis that began in 2008 caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities; in particular, the values of some sovereign debt and of securities of issuers that invest in sovereign debt and related investments have fallen, the availability of credit has become more scarce worldwide and there has been significant uncertainty in the markets.  This environment could make identifying investment risks and opportunities especially difficult for the Advisor.  These market conditions may continue or get worse.  In response to the crisis, the United States and other governments have taken steps to support financial markets.  The withdrawal of this support or failure of efforts in response to the crisis could negatively affect financial markets generally as well as the value and liquidity of certain securities.  In addition, policy and legislative changes in the United States and in other countries are changing many aspects of financial regulation. The impact of these changes on the markets, and the practical implications for market participants, may not be fully known for some time.

 
·
Fixed Income Securities Risk.   The prices of fixed income securities respond to economic developments, particularly interest rate changes, as well as to changes in an issuer’s credit rating or market perceptions about the creditworthiness of an issuer.  Prices of fixed income securities tend to move inversely with changes in interest rates.   Generally fixed income securities decrease in value if interest rates rise and increase in value if interest rates fall, with lower rated securities more volatile than higher rated securities.   The longer the effective maturity and duration of the Fund’s portfolio, the more the Fund’s share price is likely to react to changes in interest rates.   Duration is a weighted measure of the length of time required to receive the present value of future payments, both interest and principal, from a fixed income security.   Some fixed income securities give the issuer the option to call, or redeem, the securities before their maturity dates.  If an issuer calls its security during a time of declining interest rates, the Fund might have to reinvest the proceeds in an investment offering a lower yield, and therefore might not benefit from any increase in value as a result of declining interest rates.  During periods of market illiquidity or rising interest rates, prices of callable issues are subject to increased price fluctuation.  In addition, the Fund may be subject to extension risk, which occurs during a rising interest rate environment because certain obligations may be paid off by an issuer more slowly than anticipated, causing the value of those securities held by the Fund to fall.

 
·
Credit Risk.   If an obligor (such as the issuer itself or a party offering credit enhancement) for a security held by the Fund fails to pay amounts due when required by the terms of the security, otherwise defaults, is perceived to be less creditworthy, becomes insolvent or files for bankruptcy, a security’s credit rating is downgraded or the credit quality or value of any underlying assets declines, the value of your investment in the Fund could decline.  If the Fund enters into financial contracts (such as certain derivatives, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, and when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions), the Fund will be subject to the credit risk presented by the counterparty.  In particular, the number of municipal insurers is relatively small, and, as a result, changes in the financial condition of an individual municipal insurer may affect the overall municipal market.  In addition, the Fund may incur expenses in an effort to protect the Fund’s interests or to enforce its rights. Credit risk is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the securities in which the Fund invests.

 
8

 

 
The Fund may invest in securities which are subordinated in right of payment to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated securities.  The Fund is more likely to suffer a credit loss on subordinated securities of an issuer than on non-subordinated securities of the same issuer.  If there is a default, bankruptcy or liquidation of the issuer, most subordinated securities are paid only if sufficient assets remain after payment of the issuer’s non-subordinated securities.  In addition, any recovery of interest or principal may take more time.  As a result, even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer is likely to have a greater impact on subordinated securities.

 
·
Interest Rate Risks.   Interest rate risk is the risk that debt securities will decline in value because of an increase in interest rates. As interest rates rise, the value of certain debt securities held by a Fund is likely to decrease. Debt securities with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to changes in interest rates, usually making them more volatile than securities with shorter durations. Variable and floating rate securities generally are less sensitive to interest rate changes but may decline in value if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Floating rate and adjustable rate debt securities will not generally increase in value if interest rates decline. When a Fund holds floating or adjustable rate debt securities, a decrease (or, in the case of inverse floating rate securities, an increase) in market interest rates will adversely affect the income received from such securities and the net asset value of the Fund’s shares. Investments in debt securities pose the risk that the Fund Advisor’s forecast of the direction of interest rates might be incorrect.

 
·
Prepayment or Call Risk. Many fixed income securities give the issuer the option to repay or call the security prior to its maturity date. Issuers often exercise this right when interest rates fall. Accordingly, if the Fund holds a fixed income security subject to prepayment or call risk, it may not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed income securities generally experience when interest rates fall. Upon prepayment of the security, the Fund would also be forced to reinvest the proceeds at then current yields, which would be lower than the yield of the security that was paid off. In addition, if the Fund purchases a fixed income security at a premium (at a price that exceeds its stated par or principal value), the Fund may lose the amount of the premium paid in the event of prepayment.

 
·
Extension Risk. When interest rates rise, repayments of fixed income securities, particularly asset- and mortgage-backed securities, may occur more slowly than anticipated, extending the effective duration of these fixed income securities at below market interest rates and causing their market prices to decline. This may cause the Fund’s share price to be more volatile.

 
·
Municipal Bond Risk.   As the Fund may purchase the debt securities of municipal issuers, changes or proposed changes in federal tax laws could impact the value of those securities. Of particular concern would be large changes in marginal income tax rates or the elimination of the tax preference for tax-exempt municipal interest income versus currently taxable interest income. Also, the failure or possible failure of such debt issuances to qualify for tax-exempt treatment may cause the prices of such municipal securities to decline, possibly adversely affecting the value of a Fund’s portfolio, and such a failure could also result in additional taxable income to a Fund and/or shareholders. In addition, the municipal market is a highly fragmented market that is very technically driven. There can be regional variations in economic conditions or supply-demand fundamentals. Any investment interest or other expenses incurred for the purchase of tax-exempt municipal bonds cannot be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Tax-exempt municipal bonds issued by municipalities must be held by beneficial owners for their interest to be treated as tax-exempt.

Public information in the municipal market is also less available than in other markets, increasing the difficulty of evaluating and valuing securities. As opposed to the majority of municipal bonds outstanding, a portion of the municipal bonds held by a Fund may be secured by payments to be made by private companies and changes in market conditions affecting such bonds, including the downgrade of a private company obligated to make such payments, could have a negative impact on the value of Fund holdings, the municipal market generally, or a Fund’s performance.

Generally, municipal bonds are issued as general obligations of a state or local government that are secured by the issuer’s taxing power, or as revenue bonds that are secured by user fees and other revenues pledged to pay debt service on such bonds. The major portion of municipal bonds are issued to fund public projects, including airports, economic development, education, electric power, healthcare, housing, transportation, water and sewer, and pollution control and issuers often depend on revenues from these facilities to make principal and interest payments.
 
 
9

 

 
·
High Yield Bond Risk.   High yield bonds (often called “junk bonds”) are speculative, involve greater risks of default or downgrade and are more volatile and tend to be less liquid than investment-grade securities. High yield bonds involve a greater risk of price declines than investment-grade securities due to actual or perceived changes in an issuer’s creditworthiness. Companies issuing high yield fixed-income securities are less financially strong, are more likely to encounter financial difficulties, and are more vulnerable to adverse market events and negative sentiments than companies with higher credit ratings. These factors could affect such companies’ abilities to make interest and principal payments and ultimately could cause such companies to stop making interest and/or principal payments.  In such cases, payments on the securities may never resume, which would result in the securities owned by the Fund becoming worthless. The market prices of high yield bonds are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher rated investments, but more sensitive to adverse economic or political changes or individual developments specific to the issuer.

 
·
Short Sales Risk.   In connection with a short sale of a security or other instrument, the Fund is subject to the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security or other instrument sold short will rise.  If the price of the borrowed security or other instrument increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security or other instrument, the Fund will experience a loss, which is theoretically unlimited since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of a security or other instrument sold short to increase. Shorting options or futures may have an imperfect correlation to the assets held by the Fund and may not adequately protect against losses in or may result in greater losses for the Fund’s portfolio. By investing the proceeds received from selling securities short, the Fund is employing leverage, which creates special risks.  Furthermore, until the Fund replaces a security borrowed, or sold short, it must pay to the lender amounts equal to any dividends that accrue during the period of the short sale. In addition, the Fund will incur certain transaction fees associated with short selling.

 
·
Foreign Investment Risk.   Investments in foreign securities are affected by risk factors generally not thought to be present in the United States. The prices of foreign securities may be more volatile than the securities of U.S. issuers because of economic and social conditions abroad, political developments, and changes in the regulatory environment of foreign countries.  Special risks associated with investments in foreign markets include less liquidity, less developed or less efficient trading markets, lack of comprehensive company information, less government supervision of exchanges, brokers and issuers, greater risks associated with counterparties and settlement, and difficulty in enforcing contractual obligations. In addition, changes in exchange rates and interest rates, and imposition of foreign taxes, may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s foreign investments. Foreign companies are generally subject to different legal and accounting standards than U.S. companies, and foreign financial intermediaries may be subject to less supervision and regulation than U.S. financial firms.

 
·
Emerging Market Risk.   Many of the risks with respect to foreign investments are more pronounced for investments in issuers in developing or emerging market countries. Emerging market countries tend to have government exchange controls, less market regulation, and less developed economic, political and legal systems than those of more developed countries.  Their economies also depend heavily upon international trade and may be adversely affected by protective trade barriers and the economic conditions of their trading partners.  Emerging market countries may have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. Dollar and may not be traded internationally.  Some countries with emerging securities markets have experienced high rates of inflation for many years.  Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had and may continue to have negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain countries.  Emerging securities markets typically have substantially less volume than U.S. markets, securities in these markets are less liquid, and their prices often are more volatile than those of comparable U.S. companies.   Delays may occur in settling securities transactions in emerging market countries, which could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to make or liquidate investments in those markets in a timely fashion.  In addition, it may not be possible for the Fund to find satisfactory custodial services in an emerging market country, which could increase the Fund’s costs and cause delays in the transportation and custody of its investments.
 
 
10

 

The Fund may invest in commercial paper issued by micro-finance institutions.  These institutions make loans, which are typically very small, that provide the means for people who are not served by traditional banking systems to expand their business or finance their families’ basic needs by providing access to affordable credit.  Investments in the commercial paper issued by these institutions carry many of the same risks associated with investing in emerging market countries, but also are subject to risks associated with the activities of the micro-credit borrowers.  For instance, micro-finance loans may be used to fund crop growing and livestock and, as a result, micro-finance loans may be subject to climate and other risks associated with those activities.  Micro-credit borrowers generally have low incomes and little or no previous credit history.  As a result, micro-finance institutions typically face a significant risk of default on their loans, which may adversely affect their financial condition.

 
·
Currency Risk.   The value of investments in securities denominated in foreign currencies increases or decreases as the rates of exchange between those currencies and the U.S. Dollar change. Currency conversion costs and currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses. Currency exchange rates can be volatile and are affected by factors such as general economic conditions, the actions of the United States and foreign governments or central banks, the imposition of currency controls, and speculation.

 
·
Foreign Sovereign Risk.   Foreign governments rely on taxes and other revenue sources to pay interest and principal on their debt obligations. The payment of principal and interest on these obligations may be adversely affected by a variety of factors, including economic results within the foreign country, changes in interest and exchange rates, changes in debt ratings, changing political sentiments, legislation, policy changes, a limited tax base or limited revenue sources, natural disasters, or other economic or credit problems.  It is possible that a foreign sovereign may default on its debt obligations.

 
·
Derivatives Risk.   Derivatives include instruments and contracts that are based on, and are valued in relation to, one or more underlying securities, financial benchmarks, indices or other reference obligations or measures of value, such as futures, options, swaps and forward contracts.  Using derivatives can have a leveraging effect and increase fund volatility.  Derivatives can be highly illiquid and difficult to unwind or value, and changes in the value of a derivative held by the Fund may not correlate with the value of the underlying instrument or the Fund’s other investments. A small investment in derivatives could have a potentially large impact on the Fund’s performance.  Certain risks relating to various types of derivatives in which the Fund may invest are described below.

Cleared Derivatives Transactions . Transactions in certain derivatives, including some classes of swaps, that are traded on exchanges or other organized regulated trading facilities must be settled (“cleared”) by a regulated clearinghouse.  For cleared derivatives transactions, the Fund will be subject to risks that may arise from its relationship with a brokerage firm through which it would submit derivatives trades for clearing, including counterparty risk. A brokerage firm typically imposes margin requirements with respect to open derivatives positions, and it is generally able to require termination of those positions in specified circumstances. These margin requirements and termination provisions may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to trade derivatives.  The Fund may not be able to recover the full amount of its margin from a brokerage firm if the firm were to go into bankruptcy.  The fund would also be exposed to the credit risk of the clearinghouse. In addition, it is possible that the Fund would not be able to enter into a swap transaction that is required to be cleared if no clearinghouse will accept the swap for clearing.

Over-the-Counter, Non-Cleared Derivatives Transactions . The Fund may enter into derivatives that are not traded on an exchange or other organized facility or contract market. Many of these instruments are also not required to be cleared or are not cleared on a voluntary basis.  Derivatives traded in an over-the-counter, non-cleared trading environment are generally illiquid.  In that environment, the Fund would be exposed to the risk of nonperformance by its counterparty to a derivatives transaction.  The Fund would not be able to avail itself of potential protections from that risk afforded in a cleared or on-facility trading environment, including the transfer of counterparty risk to a clearinghouse or the potential greater ease of terminating a position or entering into an offsetting transaction in a market that could have multiple potential trading counterparties. In situations where the Fund is required to post margin or other collateral with a counterparty, the counterparty may fail to segregate the collateral or may commingle the collateral with the counterparty’s own assets. As a result, in the event of the counterparty’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the Fund’s collateral may be subject to the conflicting claims of the counterparty’s creditors and the Fund may be exposed to the risk of being treated as a general unsecured creditor of the counterparty, rather than as the owner of the collateral.
 
 
11

 

Bilateral derivatives trading has become subject to increased regulation under recent financial reform laws, and further proposed measures – such as margin requirements for non-cleared transactions – may offer market participants additional protections once implemented.  Nonetheless, the Fund will not be fully protected from risks that are present in an over-the-counter, non-cleared trading environment.

On-Facility Trading of Swaps . Swaps that are required to be cleared must be traded on a regulated swap execution facility or contract market that makes them available for trading. Other swaps may be traded through such a facility or contact market on a voluntarily basis. The transition from entering into swaps bilaterally to trading them on a facility or contract market may not result in swaps being easier to trade or value and may present certain execution risks if the facilities and contract markets do not operate properly. On-facility trading of swaps is also expected to lead to greater standardization of contract terms. It is possible that the Fund may not be able to enter into swaps that fully meet its investment or hedging needs, or that the costs of entering into customized swaps, including any applicable margin requirements, will be significant.

Forward Contracts .  The Fund may enter into forward contracts that are not traded on exchanges and may not be regulated. There are no limitations on daily price moves of forward contracts. Banks and other dealers with which the Fund maintains accounts may require that the Fund deposit margin with respect to such trading. The Fund's counterparties are not required to continue making markets in such contracts. There have been periods during which certain counterparties have refused to continue to quote prices for forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread (the price at which the counterparty is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell). Arrangements to trade forward contracts may be made with only one or a few counterparties, and liquidity problems therefore might be greater than if such arrangements were made with numerous counterparties. The imposition of credit controls by governmental authorities might limit such forward trading to less than the amount that the Advisor would otherwise recommend, to the possible detriment of the Fund.

Swap Agreements .  The Fund may enter into swap agreements. Swap agreements can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the Fund's exposure to long-term or short-term interest rates, foreign currency values, corporate borrowing rates, or other factors such as security prices, baskets of securities, or inflation rates. Swap agreements can take many different forms and are known by a variety of names. The Fund is not limited to any particular form of swap agreement if the Advisor determines that other forms are consistent with the Fund's investment objective and policies.

Swap agreements tend to shift the Fund's investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the Fund agrees to exchange payments in dollars for payments in foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the Fund's exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund's portfolio. The most significant factor in the performance of swap agreements is the change in the specific interest rate, currency, individual equity values or other factors that determine the amounts of payments due to and from the Fund. If a swap agreement calls for payments by the Fund, the Fund must be prepared to make such payments when due. In addition, the value of a swap agreement is likely to decline if the counterparty's creditworthiness declines.  Such a decrease in value might cause the Fund to incur losses.
 
 
12

 

Call Options . The seller (writer) of a call option which is covered (i.e., for which the writer holds the underlying security) assumes the risk of a decline in the market price of the underlying security below the purchase price of the underlying security less the premium received, and gives up the opportunity for gain on the underlying security above the exercise price of the option. The seller of an uncovered call option assumes the risk of a theoretically unlimited increase in the market price of the underlying security above the exercise price of the option.  The buyer of a call option assumes the risk of losing its entire investment in the call option. However, if the buyer of the call sells short the underlying security, the loss on the call will be offset in whole or in part by gain on the short sale of the underlying security.

Put Options . The seller (writer) of a put option which is covered (e.g., the writer has a short position in the underlying security) assumes the risk of an increase in the market price of the underlying security above the sales price (in establishing the short position) of the underlying security plus the premium received, and gives up the opportunity for gain on the short position for values of the underlying security below the exercise price of the option. The seller of an uncovered put option assumes the risk of a decline in the market price of the underlying security below the exercise price of the option.  The buyer of a put option assumes the risk of losing its entire investment in the put option. However, if the buyer of the put holds the underlying security, the loss on the put will be offset in whole or in part by any gain on the underlying security.

 
·
Leveraging Risk.   The use of leverage, such as entering into futures contracts, options, and short sales, may magnify the Fund’s gains or losses.  Because many derivatives have a leverage component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying instrument can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the derivative itself.  Certain derivatives have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.

 
·
Equity Risk.   The value of equity securities held by the Fund may fall due to general market and economic conditions, perceptions regarding the industries in which the issuers of securities held by the Fund participate, or factors relating to specific companies in which the Fund invests.  The price of common stock of an issuer in the Fund’s portfolio may decline if the issuer fails to make anticipated dividend payments because, among other reasons, the financial condition of the issuer declines. Common stock is subordinated to preferred stocks, bonds and other debt instruments in a company’s capital structure in terms of priority with respect to corporate income, and therefore will be subject to greater dividend risk than preferred stocks or debt instruments of such issuers.  In addition, while broad market measures of common stocks have historically generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, common stocks have also experienced significantly more volatility in those returns.

 
·
Liquidity Risk.   Due to a lack of demand in the marketplace or other factors, such as market turmoil, the Fund may not be able to sell some of the investments that it holds, or if the Fund is forced to sell an illiquid asset to meet redemption requests or other cash needs, it may only be able to sell those investments at a loss.  Liquidity risk arises, for example, from small average trading volumes, trading restrictions, or temporary suspensions of trading.  In addition, when the market for certain investments is illiquid, the Fund may be unable to achieve its desired level of exposure to a certain sector.

 
·
Asset Segregation Risk.   As a series of an investment company registered with the SEC, the Fund must segregate liquid assets or engage in other measures to “cover” open positions with respect to certain kinds of derivatives and short sales.  In the case of futures contracts that do not cash settle, for example, the Fund must set aside liquid assets equal to the full notional value of the contracts (less any amounts the Fund has posted as margin) while the positions are open. With respect to futures contracts that do cash settle, however, the Fund is permitted to set aside liquid assets in an amount equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market net obligations under the contracts (less any amounts the Fund has posted as margin), if any, rather than their full notional value. The Fund reserves the right to modify its asset segregation policies in the future to comply with any changes in the positions from time to time articulated by the SEC or its staff regarding asset segregation. By setting aside assets equal to only its net obligations under cash-settled instruments, the Fund will have the ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to segregate assets equal to the full notional amount of the instruments.  The Fund may incur losses on derivatives and other leveraged investments (including the entire amount of the Fund’s investment in such investments) even if they are covered.
 
 
13

 

 
·
Portfolio Turnover Risk.   Active and frequent trading of the Fund’s securities may lead to higher transaction costs and may result in a greater number of taxable transactions, which could negatively affect the Fund’s performance.  A high rate of portfolio turnover is 100% or more.

 
·
Management and Strategy Risk.   The value of your investment is dependent upon the judgment of the Fund’s advisor about the quality, relative yield, value or market trends affecting a particular security, industry, sector or region, which may prove to be incorrect.  Investment strategies employed by the Advisor in selecting investments for the Fund may not result in an increase in the value of your investment or in overall performance equal to other investments.

 
·
Non-Diversification Risk. The Fund is classified as “non-diversified,” which means the Fund may invest a larger percentage of its assets in the securities of a smaller number of issuers than a diversified fund. Investment in securities of a limited number of issuers exposes the Fund to greater market risk and potential losses than if its assets were diversified among the securities of a greater number of issuers.

 
·
No Operating History.   The Fund is a newly organized series of an open-end management investment company and has no operating history. As a result, prospective investors have no track record or history on which to base their investment decisions.  Among other things, this means that investors will not be able to evaluate the Fund against one or more comparable mutual funds on the basis of relative performance until the Fund has established a track record.

Portfolio Holdings Information
A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the Fund’s portfolio securities is available in the Fund’s Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”).  Currently, disclosure of the Fund’s holdings is required to be made quarterly within 60 days of the end of each fiscal quarter in the Fund’s Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report to Fund shareholders and in its quarterly holdings report on Form N-Q.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Investment Advisor
Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company which maintains its principal offices at 45 East Putnam Avenue, Suite 124, Greenwich, CT 06830, acts as the investment advisor to the Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with the Trust.  The Advisor, founded in 2004, is   an   investment advisor registered with the SEC and provides alternative investment products focused primarily on the domestic credit markets.  The Advisor manages a variety of credit focused, long/short and long-only portfolios, including private investment funds, an open-end fund, and separate accounts for institutional and high net worth clients.   The Advisor has approximately $638.6 million in assets under management as of August 31, 2013.

Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Fund pays the Advisor an annual advisory fee of 1.00% of the Fund’s average daily net assets for the services and facilities it provides, payable on a monthly basis.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board's approval of the Advisory Agreement will be available in the Fund's Semi-Annual Report dated ______________.

Portfolio Managers

The Fund is team managed by members of the Advisor’s Portfolio Management Team.  Current members of the Portfolio Management Team are Alan E. Hart, Jeffrey A. Rosenkranz, David S. Falk, Guy J. Benstead, and Jeffery M. Hudson.  All investment decisions are made jointly by the Portfolio Management Team.
 
 
14

 

Alan E. Hart, CIO/Portfolio Manager

Mr. Hart is the Managing Partner and Chief Investment Officer of Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC and heads the firm’s Investment Committee.  He serves as the Portfolio Manager for the Cedar Ridge private funds, a mutual fund, and the firm’s separately managed accounts.  He has over 30 years of fixed income experience including in the structuring and trading of municipal bonds and high-yield, structured transactions.  Prior to founding Cedar Ridge in March 2004, he was an investment banker at firms including Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co and The First Boston Corporation.  He holds an M.B.A. (Finance) from the Columbia University Graduate School of Business and received a B.S. (Business) from California State University, Chico.

Jeffrey A. Rosenkranz, Portfolio Manager

Mr. Rosenkranz is a Portfolio Manager and member of the Portfolio Management Team and the firm's Investment Committee.  He has 17 years of experience investing in the credit markets, with an emphasis in high yield, distressed debt, and special situations.  Prior to joining Cedar Ridge in 2013, he was a Partner and the Director of Research for Cooperstown Capital Management from [year] to [year], and a Founding Principal and Co-Head of Research for Durham Asset Management from [year] to [year].  He began his career at Ernst & Young LLP and The Delaware Bay Company.  He holds an M.B.A. (Finance and Accounting) from the Stern School of Business at New York University, and received a B.A. (Economics and Spanish) from Duke University.  He is also Certified Public Accountant.

David S. Falk, Portfolio Manager

Mr. Falk is a Partner and the Director of Research for Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC and is a member of the Portfolio Management Team and the firm’s Investment Committee.  In addition, he provides credit research and surveillance for the Cedar Ridge private funds.  He has over 32 years of fixed income experience.  Prior to joining Cedar Ridge in 2009, he was an investment banker specializing in municipal bonds with DEPFA First Albany Securities, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., Lazard Frères & Co. and Caine Gressel Midgley Slater.  He holds a Master of Regional Planning degree from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and received a B.A. (Economics and Urban Studies) from Northwestern University.

Guy J. Benstead, Portfolio Manager

Mr. Benstead is a Partner, of Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC.  He is a member of the Portfolio Management Team and the firm’s Investment Committee.  He joined Cedar Ridge in 2005, and his fixed income experience spans over 30 years in the credit and interest rate risk markets at firms including Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and Drexel Burnham Lambert.  He holds an M.B.A. (Finance) from the Columbia University Graduate School of Business and received a B.A. (International Relations) from the University of California, Davis.

Jeffery M. Hudson, Portfolio Manager

Mr. Hudson is a Partner of Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC.  He has 20 years of securities industry experience and is a member of the Portfolio Management Team and the firm’s Investment Committee.  Prior to joining Cedar Ridge in 2006, he worked in the securities industry for firms including Lehman Brothers where he focused on high yield and distressed municipal debt, Charles Schwab & Co. and Smith Barney.  He holds an M.B.A. (Finance) from the University of Connecticut and received a B.A. (History and Political Science) from Syracuse University.
 
The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ method of compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and the portfolio managers’ ownership of Fund securities.
 
 
15

 

Other Service Providers
IMST Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) is the Trust’s principal underwriter and acts as the Trust’s distributor in connection with the offering of Fund shares.  The Distributor may enter into agreements with banks, broker-dealers, or other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase or redeem shares.  The Distributor is not affiliated with the Trust, the Advisor, or any other service provider for the Fund.

Fund Expenses
The Fund is responsible for its own operating expenses (all of which will be borne directly or indirectly by the Fund’s shareholders), including among others, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Fund and the Fund’s independent trustees; insurance (including trustees’ and officers’ errors and omissions insurance); auditing and accounting expenses; taxes and governmental fees; listing fees; fees and expenses of the Fund’s custodians, administrators, transfer agents, registrars and other service providers; expenses for portfolio pricing services by a pricing agent, if any; expenses in connection with the issuance and offering of shares; brokerage commissions and other costs of acquiring or disposing of any portfolio holding of the Fund and any litigation expenses.
The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or pay for operating expenses of the Fund to ensure that the total annual fund operating expenses (excluding any taxes, leverage interest, brokerage commissions, dividend and interest expenses on short sales, acquired fund fees and expenses (as determined in accordance with Form N-1A), expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization, and extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses) do not exceed 1.74% of the average daily net assets of Investor Class  shares of the Fund and 1.49% Institutional Class shares of the Fund.  This agreement is in effect until _____ __ , 20__, and it may be terminated before that date only by the Trust’s Board of Trustees.
 
Any reduction in advisory fees or payment of the Fund’s expenses made by the Advisor in a fiscal year may be reimbursed by the Fund for a period of three years from the date of reduction or payment if the Advisor so requests.  This reimbursement may be requested from the Fund if the aggregate amount of operating expenses for such fiscal year, as accrued each month, does not exceed the lesser of (a) the limitation on Fund expenses in effect at the time of the relevant reduction in advisory fees or payment of the Fund’s expenses, or (b) the limitation on Fund expenses at the time of the request.  The Advisor may seek reimbursement in an amount up to the difference between the operating expenses of the Fund at the time of the request and the lesser of (a) the limitation on Fund expenses in effect at the time of the relevant reduction in advisory fees or payment of the Fund’s expenses, or (b) the limitation on Fund expenses at the time of the request.  However, the reimbursement amount may not exceed the total amount of fees waived and/or Fund expenses paid by the Advisor and will not include any amounts previously reimbursed to the Advisor by the Fund.  Any such reimbursement is contingent upon the Board’s subsequent review and ratification of the reimbursed amounts and no reimbursement may cause the total operating expenses paid by the Fund in a fiscal year to exceed the applicable limitation on Fund expenses.  The Fund must pay current ordinary operating expenses before the Advisor is entitled to any reimbursement of fees and/or Fund expenses.
 
DISTRIBUTION (RULE 12b-1) PLAN AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICE FEES

Distribution (Rule 12b-1) Plan

The Trust on behalf of the Fund has adopted a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act   (the “Plan”) which allows the Fund to pay distribution fees for the sale and distribution of its Investor Class shares.  The plan provides for the payment of a distribution fee at the annual rate of up to   0.25% of average daily net assets attributable to Investor Class shares.  Since these fees are paid out of the Fund’s assets attributable to the Fund’s Investor Class shares, these fees will increase the cost of your investment and, over time, may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.  The net income attributable to the Fund’s Investor Class shares will be reduced by the amount of distribution fees and other expenses of the Fund associated with that class of shares.

To assist investors in comparing classes of shares, the table under the Prospectus heading “Fees and Expenses of the Fund” provides a summary of expenses and an example of the sales charges and expenses of each Fund applicable to each class of shares offered herein.

Institutional Class shares are not subject to any distribution fees under the Plan.
 
 
16

 

Shareholder Service Fee

The Fund may pay a fee at an annual rate of up to   0.25% of its average daily net assets attributable to Investor Class and Institutional Class shares to shareholder servicing agents.  Shareholder servicing agents provide non-distribution administrative and support services to their customers, which may include establishing and maintaining accounts and records relating to shareholders, processing dividend and distribution payments from the Fund on behalf of shareholders, responding to routine inquiries from shareholders concerning their investments, assisting shareholders in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses, and other similar services.

Additional Payments to Broker-Dealers and Other Financial Intermediaries
 
The Fund or the Advisor may pay service fees to intermediaries such as banks, broker-dealers, financial advisors or other financial institutions, some of which may be affiliates, for sub-administration, sub-transfer agency and other shareholder services associated with shareholders whose shares are held of record in omnibus accounts, other group accounts or accounts traded through registered securities clearing agents.
 
The Advisor, out of its own resources, and without additional cost to the Fund or its shareholders, may provide additional cash payments or non-cash compensation to broker-dealers or intermediaries that sell shares of the Fund.  These additional cash payments are generally made to intermediaries that provide shareholder servicing, marketing support and/or access to sales meetings, sales representatives and management representatives of the intermediary.  The Advisor may pay cash compensation for inclusion of the Fund on a sales list, including a preferred or select sales list, or in other sales programs, or may pay an expense reimbursement in cases where the intermediary provides shareholder services to the Fund’s shareholders.  The Advisor may also pay cash compensation in the form of finder’s fees that vary depending on the dollar amount of the shares sold.

YOUR ACCOUNT WITH THE FUND

Share Price

The offering price of each class of the Fund's shares is the net asset value per share (“NAV”) of that class (plus any sales charges, as applicable).  The NAV of a class is determined by dividing (a) the difference between the value of the Fund’s securities, cash and other assets and the amount of the Fund’s expenses and liabilities attributable to the class by (b) the number of shares outstanding in that class (assets – liabilities / # of shares = NAV).  Each NAV takes into account all of the expenses and fees of that class of the Fund, including management fees and administration fees, which are accrued daily.  The Fund's NAVs are calculated as of the close of regular trading (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each day that the NYSE is open for unrestricted business.  The Fund’s NAVs may be calculated earlier if trading on the NYSE is restricted or if permitted by the SEC.  The NYSE is closed on weekends and most U.S. national holidays.  However, foreign securities listed primarily on non-U.S. markets may trade on weekends or other days on which the Fund does not value its shares, which may significantly affect the Fund's NAVs on days when you are not able to buy or sell Fund shares.

The Fund’s securities generally are valued at market price.  Securities are valued at fair value when market quotations are not readily available.  The Board has adopted procedures to be followed when the Fund must utilize fair value pricing, including when reliable market quotations are not readily available, when the Fund’s pricing service does not provide a valuation (or provides a valuation that, in the judgment of the Advisor, does not represent the security’s fair value), or when, in the judgment of the Advisor, events have rendered the market value unreliable (see the discussion of fair value pricing of foreign securities in the paragraph below).  Valuing securities at fair value involves reliance on the judgment of the Board (or a committee thereof), and may result in a different price being used in the calculation of the Fund’s NAVs from quoted or published prices for the same securities.  Fair value determinations are made in good faith in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board.  There can be no assurance that the Fund will obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it sells the security.
 
 
17

 

In certain circumstances, the Fund employs fair value pricing to ensure greater accuracy in determining daily NAVs and to prevent dilution by frequent traders or market timers who seek to exploit temporary market anomalies.   Fair value pricing may be applied to foreign securities held by the Fund upon the occurrence of an event after the close of trading on non-U.S. markets but before the close of trading on the NYSE when the Fund’s NAVs are   determined.  If the event may result in a material adjustment to the price of the Fund’s foreign securities once non-U.S. markets open on the following business day (such as, for example, a significant surge or decline in the U.S. market), the Fund may value such foreign securities at fair value, taking into account the effect of such event, in order to calculate the Fund’s NAVs.

Other types of portfolio securities that the Fund may fair value include, but are not limited to:  (1) investments that are illiquid or traded infrequently, including “restricted” securities and private placements for which there is no public market; (2) investments for which, in the judgment of the Advisor, the market price is stale; (3) securities of an issuer that has entered into a restructuring; (4) securities for which trading has been halted or suspended; and (5) fixed income securities for which there is no current market value quotation.

Buying Fund Shares

This Prospectus offers two classes of shares of the Fund, designated as Investor Class and Institutional Class Shares.

 
·
Investor Class shares generally incur annual distribution and shareholder servicing fees.
 
·
Institutional Class   shares do not incur distribution fees but do incur shareholder servicing fees.

By offering multiple classes of shares, the Fund permits each investor to choose the class of shares that is most beneficial given the type of investor, the amount to be invested and the length of time the investor expects to hold the shares.

Each class of shares generally has the same rights, except for the distribution fees, and related expenses associated with each class of shares, and the exclusive voting rights by each class with respect to any distribution plan or service plan for such class of shares.

To purchase shares of the Fund, you must invest at least the minimum amount indicated in the following table.

Minimum Investments
To Open
Your Account
To Add to
Your Account
Investor Class
   
Direct Regular Accounts
$4,000
$1,000
Direct Retirement Accounts
$4,000
$1,000
Automatic Investment Plan
$4,000
$100
Gift Account For Minors
$4,000
$1,000
Institutional Class
   
Direct Regular Accounts
$ ___
$ ___
Direct Retirement Accounts
$ ___
$ ___
Automatic Investment Plan
$ ___
$ ___
Gift Account For Minors
$ ___
$ __

Shares of the Fund may be purchased by check, by wire transfer of funds via a bank or through an approved financial intermediary (a supermarket, investment advisor, financial planner or consultant, broker, dealer or other investment professional and their agents) authorized by the Fund to receive purchase orders.  A financial intermediary may charge additional fees and may require higher minimum investments or impose other limitations on buying and selling Fund shares.   You may make an initial investment in an amount greater than the minimum amounts shown in the preceding table and the Fund may, from time to time, reduce or waive the minimum initial investment amounts.  The minimum initial investment amount is automatically waived for Fund shares purchased by Trustees of the Trust and current or retired directors and employees of the Advisor and its affiliates.
 
 
18

 

To the extent allowed by applicable law, the Fund reserves the right to discontinue offering shares at any time or to cease operating entirely.

In-Kind Purchases and Redemptions
The Fund reserves the right to accept payment for shares in the form of securities that are permissible investments for the Fund.  The Fund also reserves the right to pay redemptions by an “in-kind” distribution of portfolio securities (instead of cash) from the Fund.  In-kind purchases and redemptions are taxable events and may result in the recognition of gain or loss for federal income tax purposes.  See the SAI for further information about the terms of these purchases and redemptions.

Additional Investments
Additional subscriptions in the Fund generally may be made by investing at least the minimum amount shown in the table above.  Exceptions may be made at the Fund’s discretion.  You may purchase additional shares of the Fund by sending a check together with the investment stub from your most recent account statement to the Fund at the applicable address on page __.  Please ensure that you include your account number on the check.  If you do not have the investment stub from your account statement, list your name, address and account number on a separate sheet of paper and include it with your check.  You may also make additional investments in the Fund by wire transfer of funds or through an approved financial intermediary.  The minimum additional investment amount is automatically waived for shares purchased by Trustees of the Trust and current or retired directors and employees of the Advisor and its affiliates.  Please follow the procedures described in this Prospectus.

Dividend Reinvestment
You may reinvest dividends and capital gains distributions in shares of the Fund.  Such shares are acquired at NAV (without a sales charge) on the applicable payable date of the dividend or capital gain distribution.  Unless you instruct otherwise, dividends and distributions are automatically reinvested in shares of the same class of the Fund paying the dividend or distribution.  This instruction may be made by writing to the transfer agent or by telephone by calling 1-888-_____.  You may, on the account application form or prior to any declaration, instruct that dividends and/or capital gain distributions be paid in cash or be reinvested in the Fund at the next determined NAV.  If you elect to receive dividends and/or capital gain distributions in cash and the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver the check, or if a check remains outstanding for six months or more, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account at the Fund’s current NAV and to reinvest all subsequent distributions.

Customer Identification Information
To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.  When you open an account, you will be asked for your name, date of birth (for a natural person), your residential address or principal place of business, and mailing address, if different, as well as your Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number.  Additional information is required for corporations, partnerships and other entities.  Applications without such information will not be considered in good order.  The Fund reserves the right to deny any application if the application is not in good order.

This Prospectus should not be considered a solicitation to purchase or as an offer to sell shares of the Fund in any jurisdiction where it would be unlawful to do so under the laws of that jurisdiction.  Please note that the value of your account may be transferred to the appropriate state if no activity occurs in the account within the time period specified by state law.

Automatic Investment Plan
If you intend to use the Automatic Investment Plan (“AIP”), you may open your account with the initial minimum investment amount.  Once an account has been opened, you may make additional investments in the Fund at regular intervals through the AIP.  If elected on your account application, funds can be automatically transferred from your checking or savings account on the 5th, 10th, 15th, 20th or 25th of each month.  In order to participate in the AIP, each additional subscription must be at least $100, and your financial institution must be a member of the Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) network.  The first AIP purchase will be made 15 days after the Fund’s transfer agent receives your request in good order.  The transfer agent will charge a $25 fee for any ACH payment that is rejected by your bank.  Your AIP will be terminated if two successive mailings we send to you are returned by the U.S. Postal Service as undeliverable.  You may terminate your participation in the AIP at any time by notifying the Transfer Agent at 1-888-______   at least five days prior to the date of the next AIP transfer.  The Fund may modify or terminate the AIP at any time without notice.
 
 
19

 

Timing and Nature of Requests
The purchase price you will pay for the Fund’s shares will be the next NAV (plus any sales charge, as applicable) calculated after the Transfer Agent or your authorized financial intermediary receives your request in good order.  “Good order” means that your purchase request includes:  (1) the name of the Fund, (2) the dollar amount of shares to be purchased, (3) your purchase application or investment stub, and (4) a check payable to _____ Fund.  All requests received in good order before 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) will be processed on that same day.  Requests received after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) will be transacted at the next business day’s NAV.  All purchases must be made in U.S. Dollars and drawn on U.S. financial institutions.

Methods of Buying
Through a broker-
dealer or other
financial
intermediary
The Fund is offered through certain approved financial intermediaries (and their agents). The Fund is also offered directly.  An order placed with a financial intermediary or its authorized agent is treated as if such order were placed directly with the Fund, and will be executed at the next NAV (plus any sales charge, as applicable) calculated by the Fund.  Your financial intermediary will hold your shares in a pooled account in its (or its agent’s) name.  The Fund may pay your financial intermediary (or its agent) to maintain your individual ownership information, maintain required records, and provide other shareholder services.  The financial intermediary which offers shares may require payment of additional fees from its individual clients.  If you invest through your financial intermediary, the policies and fees may be different than those described in this Prospectus.  For example, the financial intermediary may charge transaction fees or set different minimum investments.  Your financial intermediary is responsible for processing your order correctly and promptly, keeping you advised of the status of your account, confirming your transactions and ensuring that you receive copies of the Fund’s Prospectus.  Please contact your financial intermediary to determine whether it is an approved financial intermediary of the Fund or for additional information.
   
By mail
The Fund will not accept payment in cash, including cashier’s checks.  Also, to prevent check fraud, the Fund will not accept third party checks, Treasury checks, credit card checks, traveler’s checks, money orders or starter checks for the purchase of shares.  All checks must be made in U.S. Dollars and drawn on U.S. financial institutions.
 
To buy shares directly from the Fund by mail, complete an account application and send it together with your check for the amount you wish to invest to the Fund at the address indicated below.  To make additional investments once you have opened your account, write your account number on the check and send it to the Fund together with the most recent confirmation statement received from the Transfer Agent.  If your check is returned for insufficient funds, your purchase will be canceled and a $25 fee will be assessed against your account by the Transfer Agent.
 
 
Regular Mail
_____ Fund
P.O. Box 2175
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
Overnight Delivery
_____ Fund
803 West Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53233-2301
 
 
The Fund does not consider the U.S. Postal Service or other independent delivery services to be its agents.
   
By telephone
 
To make additional investments by telephone, you must authorize telephone purchases on your account application.  If you have given authorization for telephone transactions and your account has been open for at least 15 days, call the Transfer Agent toll-free at 1-888-_____ and you will be allowed to move money in amounts of at least $__ but not greater than $__, from your bank account to the Funds account upon request.  Only bank accounts held at U.S. institutions that are Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) members may be used for telephone transactions.  If your order is placed before 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) shares will be purchased in your account at the NAV (plus any sales charge, as applicable) calculated on that day.  For security reasons, requests by telephone will be recorded.
 
 
20

 
 
By wire
To open an account by wire, a completed account application form must be received by the Fund before your wire can be accepted.  You may mail or send by overnight delivery your account application form to the Transfer Agent.  Upon receipt of your completed account application form, an account will be established for you.  The account number assigned to you will be required as part of the wiring instruction that should be provided to your bank to send the wire.  Your bank must include the name of the Fund, the account number, and your name so that monies can be correctly applied.  Your bank should transmit monies by wire to:
 
UMB Bank, n.a.
ABA Number 101000695
For credit to _____ Fund
A/C #_____________
For further credit to:
Your account number
Fund Name
Name(s) of investor(s)
Social Security Number or Taxpayer Identification Number
 
Before sending your wire, please contact the Transfer Agent at 1-888-________ to notify it of your intention to wire funds.  This will ensure prompt and accurate credit upon receipt of your wire.  Your bank may charge a fee for its wiring service.
 
Wired funds must be received prior to 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on a business day to be eligible for same day pricing.   The Fund and UMB Bank, n.a. are not responsible for the consequences of delays resulting from the banking or Federal Reserve wire system, or from incomplete wiring instructions.
   
Selling (Redeeming) Fund Shares
Through a broker-
dealer or other
financial
intermediary
If you purchased your shares through an approved financial intermediary, your redemption order must be placed through the same financial intermediary.  The financial intermediary must receive and transmit your redemption order to the Transfer Agent prior to 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on a business day for the redemption to be processed at the current day’s NAV.  Orders received after 4:00 p.m. (Eastern Time) on a business day or on a day when the Fund does not value its shares will be transacted at the next business day’s NAV.  Please keep in mind that your financial intermediary may charge additional fees for its services.  In the event your approved financial intermediary is no longer available, you may place your redemption order directly with the Fund as described below.
   
By mail
You may redeem shares purchased directly from the Fund by mail.  Send your written redemption request to _____ Fund at the address indicated below.  Your request must be in good order and contain the Fund name, the name(s) on the account, your account number and the dollar amount or the number of shares to be redeemed.  The redemption request must be signed by all shareholders listed on the account.  Additional documents are required for certain types of shareholders, such as corporations, partnerships, executors, trustees, administrators, or guardians ( i.e., corporate resolutions dated within 60 days, or trust documents indicating proper authorization).
 
 
Regular Mail
_____ Fund
P.O. Box 2175
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
Overnight Delivery
_____ Fund
803 West Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233-2301
 
 
A Medallion signature guarantee must be included if any of the following situations apply:
 
 
·      You wish to redeem more than $50,000  worth of shares;
·      When redemption proceeds are sent to any person, address or bank account not on record;
·      If a change of address was received by the Transfer Agent within the last 15 days;
·      If ownership is changed on your account; or
·      When establishing or modifying certain services on your account.
 
 
21

 
 
By telephone
To redeem shares by telephone, call the Fund at 1-888-_______ and specify the amount of money you wish to redeem.  You may have a check sent to the address of record, or, if previously established on your account, you may have proceeds sent by wire or electronic funds transfer through the ACH network directly to your bank account.  Wire transfers are subject to a $20 fee paid by the shareholder and your bank may charge a fee to receive wired funds.  Checks sent via overnight delivery are subject to a $15 charge.  You do not incur any charge when proceeds are sent via the ACH network; however, credit may not be available for two to three business days.
 
If you are authorized to perform telephone transactions (either through your account application form or by subsequent arrangement in writing with the Fund), you may redeem shares worth up to $_____, by instructing the Fund by phone at 1-888-_______. Unless noted on the initial account application, a Medallion signature guarantee is required of all shareholders in order to qualify for or to change telephone redemption privileges.
 
Note:  The Fund and all of its service providers will not be liable for any loss or expense in acting upon instructions that are reasonably believed to be genuine.  To confirm that all telephone instructions are genuine, the caller must verify the following:
 
·      The Fund account number;
·      The name in which his or her account is registered;
·      The Social Security Number or Tax Identification Number under which the account is registered; and
·      The address of the account holder, as stated in the account application form.

Medallion Signature Guarantee
In addition to the situations described above, the Fund reserves the right to require a Medallion signature guarantee in other instances based on the circumstances relative to the particular situation.

Shareholders redeeming more than $50,000 worth of shares by mail should submit written instructions with a Medallion signature guarantee from an eligible institution acceptable to the Transfer Agent, such as a domestic bank or trust company, broker, dealer, clearing agency or savings association, or from any participant in a Medallion program recognized by the Securities Transfer Association.  The three recognized Medallion programs are Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, Stock Exchanges Medallion Program and New York Stock Exchange, Inc. Medallion Signature Program.  Signature guarantees that are not part of these programs will not be accepted.   Participants in Medallion programs are subject to dollar limitations which must be considered when requesting their guarantee. The Transfer Agent may reject any signature guarantee if it believes the transaction would otherwise be improper.   A notary public cannot provide a signature guarantee.
 
 
22

 

Systematic Withdrawal Plan
You may request that a predetermined dollar amount be sent to you on a monthly or quarterly basis.  Your account must maintain a value of at least $ [___] for you to be eligible to participate in the Systematic Withdrawal Plan (“SWP”).  The minimum withdrawal amount is $ [___] .  If you elect to receive redemptions through the SWP, the Fund will send a check to your address of record, or will send the payment via electronic funds transfer through the ACH network, directly to your bank account on record.  You may request an application for the SWP by calling the Transfer Agent toll-free at 1-888-________.  The Fund may modify or terminate the SWP at any time.  You may terminate your participation in the SWP by calling the Transfer Agent at least five business days before the next withdrawal.

Payment of Redemption Proceeds
You may redeem shares of the Fund at a price equal to the NAV next determined after the Transfer Agent and/or authorized agent receives your redemption request in good order.  Generally your redemption request cannot be processed on days the NYSE is closed.  All requests received in good order by the Transfer Agent and/or authorized agent before the close of the regular trading session of the NYSE (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) will usually be sent to the bank you indicate or wired on the following day using the wire instructions on record.  Except as specified below, the Fund will process your redemption request and send your proceeds within seven calendar days after the Fund receives your redemption request.

If you purchase shares using a check and request a redemption before the check has cleared, the Fund may postpone payment of your redemption proceeds up to 15 business days while the Fund waits for the check to clear.  Furthermore, there are certain times when you may be unable to sell Fund shares or receive proceeds.  Specifically, the Fund may suspend the right to redeem shares or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for more than seven calendar days: (1) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend or holiday closings) or trading on the NYSE is restricted; (2) for any period during which an emergency exists affecting the sale of the Fund’s securities or making such sale or the fair determination of the value of the Fund’s net assets not reasonably practicable; or (3) for such other periods as the SEC may permit for the protection of the Fund’s shareholders.

Other Redemption Information
Shareholders who hold shares of the Fund through an IRA or other retirement plan must indicate on their redemption requests whether to withhold federal income tax.  Redemption requests failing to indicate an election not to have taxes withheld will generally be subject to a 10% federal income tax withholding.  In addition, if you are a resident of certain states, state income tax also applies to non-Roth IRA distributions when federal withholding applies.  Please consult with your tax professional.

The Fund generally pays sale (redemption) proceeds in cash.  However, under unusual conditions, the Fund may pay all or part of a shareholder’s redemption proceeds in portfolio securities with a market value equal to the redemption price (redemption-in-kind) in lieu of cash in order to protect the interests of the Fund’s remaining shareholders.  If the Fund redeems your shares in kind, you will bear any market risks associated with investment in these securities, and you will be responsible for the costs (including brokerage charges) of converting the securities to cash.

[ The Fund may redeem all of the shares held in your account if your balance falls below the Fund’s minimum initial investment amount due to your redemption activity.  In these circumstances, the Fund will notify you in writing and request that you increase your balance above the minimum initial investment amount within [  ] days of the date of the notice.   If, within [  ]  days of the Fund’s written request, you have not increased your account balance, your shares will be automatically redeemed at the current NAV.  The Fund will not require that your shares be redeemed if the value of your account drops below the investment minimum due to fluctuations of the Fund’s NAV. ]
 
 
23

 

Cost Basis Information
Federal law requires that mutual fund companies report their shareholders’ cost basis and holding period to the IRS on the Fund’s shareholders’ Consolidated Form 1099s when “covered” shares of the mutual funds are sold.  Covered shares are any mutual fund and/or dividend reinvestment plan shares acquired on or after January 1, 2012.

The Fund has chosen “first-in, first-out” (FIFO) as its standing (default) tax lot identification method for all shareholders, which means this is the method the Fund will use to determine which specific shares are deemed to be sold when there are multiple purchases on different dates at differing net asset values and the entire position is not sold at one time.  The Fund’s standing tax lot identification method is the method it will use to report the sale of covered shares on your Consolidated Form 1099 if you do not select a specific tax lot identification method.   Subject to certain limitations, you may choose a method other than the Fund’s standing method at the time of your purchase or upon the sale of covered shares.  Please refer to the appropriate Treasury regulations or consult your tax advisor with regard to your personal circumstances.

Tools to Combat Frequent Transactions
The Trust’s Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by Fund shareholders.  The Trust discourages excessive, short-term trading and other abusive trading practices that may disrupt portfolio management strategies and harm the Fund’s performance.  The Trust takes steps to reduce the frequency and effect of these activities in the Fund.  These steps may include monitoring trading activity and using fair value pricing.  In addition, the Trust may take action, which may include using its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the Fund, if that shareholder has engaged in four or more “round trips” in the Fund during a 12-month period.  Although these efforts (which are described in more detail below) are designed to discourage abusive trading practices, these tools cannot eliminate the possibility that such activity may occur.  Further, while the Trust makes efforts to identify and restrict frequent trading, the Trust receives purchase and sale orders through financial intermediaries and cannot always know or detect frequent trading that may be facilitated by the use of intermediaries or the use of group or omnibus accounts by those intermediaries.  The Trust seeks to exercise its judgment in implementing these tools to the best of its ability in a manner that the Trust believes is consistent with the interest of Fund shareholders.

[Redemption Fee
You will be charged a redemption fee of 1.00% of the value of the Fund shares being redeemed if you redeem your shares of the Fund within 30 days of purchase.  The “first in, first out” (“FIFO”) method is used to determine the holding period; this means that if you bought shares on different days, the shares purchased first will be redeemed first for the purpose of determining whether the redemption fee applies.  The redemption fee is deducted from the sale proceeds and is retained by the Fund for the benefit of its remaining shareholders. The fee will not apply to redemptions (i) due to shareholder’s death or disability, (ii) from certain omnibus accounts with systematic or contractual limitations, (iii) of shares acquired through reinvestments of dividends or capital gains distributions, (iv) through certain employer-sponsored retirement plans or employee benefit plans or, with respect to any plan, to comply with minimum distribution requirements, (v) effected pursuant to asset allocation programs, wrap fee programs, and other investment programs offered by financial institutions where investment decisions are made on a discretionary basis by investment professionals, (vi) effected pursuant to an automatic non-discretionary rebalancing program, (vii) effected pursuant to the SWP, or (viii) by the Fund with respect to accounts falling below the minimum initial investment amount.  The Trust reserves the right to waive this fee in other circumstances if the Advisor determines that doing so is in the best interests of the Fund.
   
Monitoring Trading Practices
The Trust may monitor trades in Fund shares in an effort to detect short-term trading activities.  If, as a result of this monitoring, the Trust believes that a shareholder of the Fund has engaged in excessive short-term trading, it may, in its discretion, ask the shareholder to stop such activities or refuse to process purchases in the shareholder’s accounts.  In making such judgments, the Trust seeks to act in a manner that it believes is consistent with the best interest of Fund shareholders.  Due to the complexity and subjectivity involved in identifying abusive trading activity, there can be no assurance that the Trust’s efforts will identify all trades or trading practices that may be considered abusive.
 
 
24

 

General Transaction Policies
Some of the following policies are mentioned above.  In general, the Fund reserves the right to:

 
·
vary or waive any minimum investment requirement;
 
·
refuse, change, discontinue, or temporarily suspend account services, including purchase or telephone redemption privileges (if redemption by telephone is not available, you may send your redemption order to the Fund via regular or overnight delivery), for any reason;
 
·
reject any purchase request for any reason (generally the Fund does this if the purchase is disruptive to the efficient management of the Fund due to the timing of the investment or an investor’s history of excessive trading);
 
·
delay paying redemption proceeds for up to seven calendar days after receiving a request, if an earlier payment could adversely affect the Fund;
 
·
reject any purchase or redemption request that does not contain all required documentation; and
 
·
subject to applicable law and with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

If you elect telephone privileges on the account application or in a letter to the Fund, you may be responsible for any fraudulent telephone orders as long as the Fund and/or its service providers have taken reasonable precautions to verify your identity.  In addition, once you place a telephone transaction request, it cannot be canceled or modified.

During periods of significant economic or market change, telephone transactions may be difficult to complete.  If you are unable to contact the Fund by telephone, you may also mail your request to the Fund at the address listed under “Methods of Buying.”

Your broker or other financial intermediary may establish policies that differ from those of the Fund.  For example, the organization may charge transaction fees, set higher minimum investments, or impose certain limitations on buying or selling shares in addition to those identified in this Prospectus.  Contact your broker or other financial intermediary for details.

Please note that the value of your account may be transferred to the appropriate state if no activity occurs in the account within the time period specified by state law.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Fund will make distributions of net investment income quarterly and net capital gains, if any, at least annually, typically in December.  The Fund may make an additional payment of dividends or distributions if it deems it desirable at any other time during the year.

Some of the Fund’s investment income may be subject to foreign income taxes that are withheld at the country of origin.  Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes, but there can be no assurance that the Fund will qualify for treaty benefits.

If you buy shares of the Fund just before it makes a distribution (on or before the record date), you will receive some of the purchase price back in the form of a taxable distribution.
 
 
25

 

All dividends and distributions will be reinvested in Fund shares unless you choose one of the following options:  (1) receive net investment income dividends in cash, while reinvesting capital gain distributions in additional Fund shares; or (2) receive all dividends and distributions in cash.  If you wish to change your distribution option, please write to the Transfer Agent before the payment date of the distribution.

If you elect to receive distributions in cash and the U.S. Postal Service cannot deliver your check, or if your distribution check has not been cashed for six months, the Fund reserves the right to reinvest the distribution check in your account at the Fund’s then current NAV and to reinvest all subsequent distributions.

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following discussion is very general.  Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax advisor about your investment in the Fund.

You will generally have to pay federal income taxes, as well as any state or local taxes, on distributions received from the Fund, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares.  If you sell Fund shares, it is generally considered a taxable event.  If you exchange shares of the Fund for shares of another fund, the exchange will be treated as a sale of the Fund’s shares and any gain on the transaction may be subject to federal income tax.

Distributions of net investment income, other than “qualified dividend income,” and distributions of short-term capital gains, are taxable for federal income tax purposes at ordinary income tax rates. Distributions of net capital gain (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss) are taxable for federal income tax purposes as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the shareholder has held Fund shares.  Distributions reported as qualified dividend income are taxed to individuals and other non-corporate investors at rates applicable to long-term capital gains, provided certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied. Dividends paid by the Fund may qualify in part for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders, provided certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.

You may want to avoid buying shares of the Fund just before it declares a distribution (on or before the record date), because such a distribution will be taxable to you even though it may effectively be a return of a portion of your investment.

Dividends declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record as of a date in such month and paid during the following January are treated as if received on December 31 of the calendar year when the dividends were declared.  Information on the federal income tax status of dividends and distributions is provided annually.

Dividends and distributions from the Fund and net gain from redemptions of Fund shares will generally be taken into account in determining a shareholder’s “net investment income” for purposes of the Medicare contribution tax applicable to certain individuals, estates and trusts.

If you are neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States, certain dividends you receive from the Fund may be subject to federal withholding tax.  To the extent that the Fund’s distributions are subject to such withholding, the Fund will withhold federal income tax at the rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty).  Dividends that are reported by the Fund as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends” are generally exempt from such withholding for taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2014.

If you do not provide the Fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you will be subject to backup withholding on your redemption proceeds, dividends and other distributions.  Backup withholding will not, however, be applied to payments that have been subject to the 30% withholding tax on shareholders who are neither citizens nor residents of the United States.  The backup withholding rate is currently 28%.
 
 
26

 

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Because the Fund has not commenced operations as of the date of this Prospectus, no financial information is available.
 
 
27

 
 
Investment Advisor
Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC
45 East Putnam Avenue, Suite 124
Greenwich, Connecticut 06830

Independent Counsel
Bingham McCutchen LLP
355 S. Grand Avenue, Suite 4400
Los Angeles, California 90071

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
________________ LLP
1818 Market Street, Suite 2400
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania  19103

Custodian
UMB Bank, n.a.
928 Grand Boulevard, 5 th Floor
Kansas City, Missouri  64106

Fund Co-Administrator
Mutual Fund Administration Corporation
2220 E. Route 66, Suite 226
Glendora, California  91740

Fund Co-Administrator, Transfer Agent and Fund Accountant
UMB Fund Services, Inc.
803 West Michigan Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin  53233-2301

Distributor
IMST Distributors, LLC
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100
Portland, Maine 04101
www.foreside.com
 
 
28

 

Cedar Ridge Unconstrained Credit Fund
A series of Investment Managers Series Trust II

FOR MORE INFORMATION

Statement of Additional Information (SAI)
The SAI provides additional details about the investments and techniques of the Fund and certain other additional information.  A current SAI is on file with the SEC and is incorporated into this Prospectus by reference.  This means that the SAI is legally considered a part of this Prospectus even though it is not physically within this Prospectus.

Shareholder Reports
Additional information about the Fund’s investments will be available in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders.  In the Fund’s annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Fund’s performance during its most recent fiscal year.  The Fund’s SAI and annual and semi-annual reports are available, free of charge, on the Fund’s website at www. _____.  You can also obtain a free copy of the Fund’s SAI or annual and semi-annual reports, request other information, or inquire about the Fund by contacting a broker that sells shares of the Fund or by calling the Fund (toll-free) at 1-888-________ or by writing to:

Cedar Ridge Fund
P.O. Box 2175
Milwaukee, WI  53201

Information about the Fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC in Washington, DC.  You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090.  Reports and other information about the Fund are also available:
 
 
·
Free of charge, on the SEC’s EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov;
 
·
For a duplication fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov ; or
 
·
For a duplication fee, by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, DC  20549-1520.
 
(Investment Company Act file no. 811- _____.)
 
 
29

 
 
The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed.  We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.  This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Statement of Additional Information
_____ __, 20__

Cedar Ridge Unconstrained Credit Fund
a series of Investment Managers Series Trust II
Investor Class (Ticker Symbol: _____)
Institutional Class (Ticker Symbol: _____)

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus, and it should be read in conjunction with the Prospectus dated _____ ___ , 20__, as may be amended from time to time, of the Cedar Ridge Unconstrained Credit Fund (the “Fund”), a series of Investment Managers Series Trust II (the “Trust”).  Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC (the “Advisor”) is the investment advisor to the Fund . A copy of the Fund’s Prospectus may be obtained by contacting the Fund at the address or telephone number specified below.

Cedar Ridge Fund
P.O. Box 2175
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53201
1-___-___-____

THE TRUST AND THE FUND
2
INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, POLICIES AND RISKS
2
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
3
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
27
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
28
PROXY VOTING POLICY
29
ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING PROGRAM
29
PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION
30
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
31
PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES
33
FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS
34
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
42
GENERAL INFORMATION
43
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
44
APPENDIX “A”
A-
APPENDIX “B”
B-

 
 

 
 
THE TRUST AND THE FUND

The Trust is an open-end management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware on August 20, 2013.  The Trust currently consists of one series of shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.01 per share.  This SAI relates only to the Fund.

The Trust is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) as an open-end management investment company.  Such a registration does not involve supervision of the management or policies of the Fund.  The Prospectus of the Fund and this SAI omit certain information contained in the Registration Statement filed with the SEC.  Copies of such information may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the prescribed fee.

The Fund is a non-diversified fund, which means it is not subject to the diversification requirements under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).  Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, invest more than 5% of its total assets in the securities of one issuer (and in not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of an issuer), excluding cash, Government securities, and securities of other investment companies. Although the Fund is not required to comply with the above requirement, the Fund intends to diversify its assets to the extent necessary to qualify for tax treatment as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

The Fund currently offers two classes of shares:  the Investor Class and Institutional Class.  Other classes may be established from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”).  Each class of shares of the Fund generally is identical in all respects except that each class of shares is subject to its own distribution expenses and minimum investments.  Each class of shares also has exclusive voting rights with respect to its distribution fees.

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, POLICIES AND RISKS

The discussion below supplements information contained in the Fund’s Prospectus pertaining to the investment policies of the Fund.

Market Conditions

The equity and debt capital markets in the United States and internationally have experienced unprecedented volatility.  These conditions have caused a significant decline in the value and liquidity of many securities and other instruments.  It is impossible to predict whether these conditions will continue, improve, or worsen.  Because this situation is widespread, it may be unusually difficult to identify both risks and opportunities using past models of the interplay of market forces, or to predict the duration of these events.
 
 
B-2

 

PRINCIPAL INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, POLICIES AND RISKS

DEBT SECURITIES

Debt Securities

Debt securities are used by issuers to borrow money. Generally, issuers pay investors periodic interest and repay the amount borrowed either periodically during the life of the security and/or at maturity.  Some debt securities, such as zero coupon bonds, do not pay current interest, but are purchased at a discount from their face values and accrue interest at the applicable coupon rate over a specified time period. The market prices of debt securities fluctuate depending on such factors as interest rates, credit quality and maturity. In general, market prices of debt securities decline when interest rates rise and increase when interest rates fall.

Lower rated debt securities, those rated Ba or below by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s) and/or BB or below by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (“S&P”) or Fitch Investors Service (“Fitch”) or unrated but determined by the Advisor to be of comparable quality, are described by the rating agencies as speculative and involve greater risk of default or price changes than higher rated debt securities due to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness or the fact that the issuer may already be in default. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate more than higher quality securities and may decline significantly in periods of general economic difficulty.  It may be more difficult to sell or to determine the value of lower rated debt securities.

Certain additional risk factors related to debt securities are discussed below:

Sensitivity to interest rate and economic changes.   Debt securities may be sensitive to economic changes, political and corporate developments, and interest rate changes.  In addition, during an economic downturn or periods of rising interest rates, issuers that are highly leveraged may experience increased financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to meet projected business goals, obtain additional financing, and service their principal and interest payment obligations.  Furthermore, periods of economic change and uncertainty can be expected to result in increased volatility of market prices and yields of certain debt securities.  For example, prices of these securities can be affected by financial contracts held by the issuer or third parties (such as derivatives) related to the security or other assets or indices.

Payment expectations.   Debt securities may contain redemption or call provisions.  If an issuer exercises these provisions in a lower interest rate environment, the Fund would have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in decreased income to investors. If the issuer of a debt security defaults on its obligations to pay interest or principal or is the subject of bankruptcy proceedings, the Fund may incur losses or expenses in seeking recovery of amounts owed to it.

Liquidity and valuation.   There may be limited trading in the secondary market for particular debt securities, which may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to accurately value or sell such debt securities.  Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the value and/or liquidity of debt securities.  The Advisor attempts to reduce the risks described above through diversification of the Fund’s portfolio, credit analysis of each issuer, and by monitoring broad economic trends as well as corporate and legislative developments, but there can be no assurance that it will be successful in doing so.  Credit ratings of debt securities provided by rating agencies indicate a measure of the safety of principal and interest payments, not market value risk. The rating of an issuer is a rating agency’s view of past and future potential developments related to the issuer and may not necessarily reflect actual outcomes. There can be a lag between corporate developments and the time a rating is assigned and updated.
 
 
B-3

 

Bond rating agencies may assign modifiers (such as +/–) to ratings categories to signify the relative position of a credit within the rating category.  Investment policies that are based on ratings categories should be read to include any security within that category, without considering the modifier.  Please refer to Appendix A for more information about credit ratings.

Lower-Rated Debt Securities

The Fund may invest in lower-rated fixed-income securities (commonly known as “junk bonds”). The lower ratings reflect a greater possibility that adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer or in general economic conditions, or both, or an unanticipated rise in interest rates, may impair the ability of the issuer to make payments of interest and principal.  The inability (or perceived inability) of issuers to make timely payment of interest and principal would likely make the values of securities held by the Fund more volatile and could limit the Fund’s ability to sell its securities at prices approximating the values the Fund had placed on such securities.  In the absence of a liquid trading market for securities held by it, the Fund at times may be unable to establish the fair value of such securities. Securities ratings are based largely on the issuer’s historical financial condition and the rating agencies’ analysis at the time of rating.  Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not necessarily a reflection of the issuer’s current financial condition, which may be better or worse than the rating would indicate.  In addition, the rating assigned to a security by Moody’s, S&P, or Fitch (or by any other nationally recognized securities rating agency) does not reflect an assessment of the volatility of the security’s market value or the liquidity of an investment in the security.

Like those of other fixed-income securities, the values of lower-rated securities fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates.  A decrease in interest rates will generally result in an increase in the value of the Fund’s fixed-income assets.  Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, the value of the Fund’s fixed-income assets will generally decline.  The values of lower-rated securities may often be affected to a greater extent by changes in general economic conditions and business conditions affecting the issuers of such securities and their industries. Negative publicity or investor perceptions may also adversely affect the values of lower-rated securities.  Changes by nationally recognized securities rating agencies in their ratings of any fixed-income security and changes in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments.  Changes in the value of portfolio securities generally will not affect income derived from these securities, but will affect the Fund’s net asset value.  The Fund will not necessarily dispose of a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase.  However, the Advisor will monitor the investment to determine whether its retention will assist in meeting the Fund’s investment objective.  Issuers of lower-rated securities are often highly leveraged, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired.  Such issuers may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them and may be unable to repay outstanding obligations at maturity by refinancing.
 
 
B-4

 

The risk of loss due to default in payment of interest or repayment of principal by such issuers is significantly greater because such securities frequently are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. It is possible that, under adverse market or economic conditions or in the event of adverse changes in the financial condition of the issuer, the Fund could find it more difficult to sell these securities when the Advisor believes it advisable to do so or may be able to sell the securities only at prices lower than if they were more widely held.  Under these circumstances, it may also be more difficult to determine the fair value of such securities for purposes of computing the Fund’s net asset value.  In order to enforce its rights in the event of a default, the Fund may be required to participate in various legal proceedings or take possession of and manage assets securing the issuer¹s obligations on such securities.  This could increase the Fund’s operating expenses and adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value. The ability of a holder of a tax-exempt security to enforce the terms of that security in a bankruptcy proceeding may be more limited than would be the case with respect to securities of private issuers.  In addition, the Fund’s intention to qualify as a “regulated investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) may limit the extent to which the fund may exercise its rights by taking possession of such assets.  To the extent the Fund invests in securities in the lower rating categories, the achievement of the Fund’s investment objective is more dependent on the Advisor’s investment analysis than would be the case if the Fund were investing in securities in the higher rating categories.

Sovereign Debt Obligations

The Fund may invest in sovereign debt obligations, which are securities issued or guaranteed by foreign governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions, including debt of developing countries. Sovereign debt may be in the form of conventional securities or other types of debt instruments such as loans or loan participations. Sovereign debt of developing countries may involve a high degree of risk, and may be in default or present the risk of default. Governmental entities responsible for repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal and pay interest when due, and may require renegotiation or rescheduling of debt payments. In addition, prospects for repayment of principal and payment of interest may depend on political as well as economic factors. Although some sovereign debt, such as Brady Bonds (i.e., ________), is collateralized by U.S. Government securities, repayment of principal and payment of interest is not guaranteed by the U.S. Government.  There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

Municipal Bonds

Municipal bonds are debt obligations issued by the states, possessions, or territories of the United States (including the District of Columbia) or a political subdivision, public instrumentality, agency, public authority or other governmental unit of such states, possessions, or territories (e.g., counties, cities, towns, villages, districts and authorities). Municipal bonds may be issued as taxable securities, or as federally tax-exempt securities.  States, possessions, territories and municipalities may issue municipal bonds to raise funds for various public purposes such as airports, housing, hospitals, mass transportation, schools, water and sewer works, gas, and electric utilities.  They may also issue municipal bonds to refund outstanding obligations and to meet general operating expenses. Municipal bonds may be general obligation bonds or revenue bonds.  General obligation bonds are secured by the issuer’s pledge of its full faith, credit and taxing power for the payment of principal and interest.  Revenue bonds are payable from revenues derived from particular facilities, from the proceeds of a special excise tax or from other specific revenue sources. They are not usually payable from the general taxing power of a municipality. In addition, certain types of “private activity” bonds may be issued by public authorities to obtain funding for privately operated facilities, such as housing and pollution control facilities, for industrial facilities and for water supply, gas, electricity and waste disposal facilities. Other types of private activity bonds are used to finance the construction, repair or improvement of, or to obtain equipment for, privately operated industrial or commercial facilities. Current federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of certain of such issues. In certain cases, the interest on a private activity bond may not be exempt from federal income tax or the alternative minimum tax.
 
 
B-5

 

Zero Coupon, Step Coupon, and Pay-In-Kind Securities

Within the parameters of its specific investment policies, the Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in zero coupon, pay-in-kind, and step coupon securities.  Zero coupon bonds are securities that make no fixed interest payments but instead are issued and traded at a discount from their face value.  They do not entitle the holder to any periodic payment of interest prior to maturity.  Step coupon bonds trade at a discount from their face value and pay coupon interest.  The coupon rate is low for an initial period and then increases to a higher coupon rate thereafter.  The discount from the face amount or par value depends on the time remaining until cash payments begin, prevailing interest rates, liquidity of the security, and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. Pay-in-kind bonds normally give the issuer an option to pay cash at a coupon payment date or give the holder of the security a similar bond with the same coupon rate and a face value equal to the amount of the coupon payment that would have been made.

For the purposes of the Fund’s restriction on investing in income-producing securities, income-producing securities include securities that make periodic interest payments as well as those that make interest payments on a deferred basis or pay interest only at maturity (e.g., Treasury bills or zero coupon bonds).

Generally, the market prices of zero coupon, step coupon, and pay-in-kind securities are more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest periodically and in cash and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than other types of debt securities having similar maturities and credit quality.

Floating Rate, Inverse Floating Rate and Index Obligations

The Fund may invest in debt securities with interest payments or maturity values that are not fixed, but float in conjunction with (or inversely to) an underlying index or price. These securities may be backed by sovereign or corporate issuers, or by collateral such as mortgages. The indices and prices upon which such securities can be based include interest rates, currency rates and commodities prices.  Floating rate securities pay interest according to a coupon which is reset periodically. The reset mechanism may be formula based, or reflect the passing through of floating interest payments on an underlying collateral pool. Inverse floating rate securities are similar to floating rate securities except that their coupon payments vary inversely with an underlying index by use of a formula. Inverse floating rate securities tend to exhibit greater price volatility than other floating rate securities.  Interest rate risk and price volatility on inverse floating rate obligations can be high, especially if leverage is used in the formula. Index securities pay a fixed rate of interest, but have a maturity value that varies by formula, so that when the obligation matures a gain or loss may be realized. The risk of index obligations depends on the volatility of the underlying index, the coupon payment and the maturity of the obligation.
 
 
B-6

 

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS

Foreign Investments

Investments in the securities of foreign issuers and other non-U.S. investments may involve risks in addition to those normally associated with investments in the securities of U.S. issuers or other U.S. investments.  All foreign investments are subject to risks of foreign political and economic instability, adverse movements in foreign exchange rates, and the imposition or tightening of exchange controls and limitations on the repatriation of foreign capital.  Other risks stem from potential changes in governmental attitude or policy toward private investment, which in turn raises the risk of nationalization, increased taxation or confiscation of foreign investors’ assets.

The financial problems in global economies over the past several years, including the European sovereign debt crisis, may continue to cause high volatility in global financial markets.  In addition, global economies are increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibilities that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact a different country or region.  The severity or duration of these conditions may also be affected if one or more countries leave the Euro currency or by other policy changes made by governments or quasi-governmental organizations.

Additional non-U.S. taxes and expenses may also adversely affect the Fund’s performance, including foreign withholding taxes on foreign securities’ dividends.  Brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than in the United States.  Foreign companies may be subject to different accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards.  To the extent foreign securities held by the Fund are not registered with the SEC or with any other U.S. regulator, the issuers thereof will not be subject to the reporting requirements of the SEC or any other U.S. regulator.  Accordingly, less information may be available about foreign companies and other investments than is generally available on issuers of comparable securities and other investments in the United States.  Foreign securities and other investments may also trade less frequently and with lower volume and may exhibit greater price volatility than U.S. securities and other investments.

Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value in U.S. Dollars of all foreign currency-denominated securities and other investments held by the Fund.  Exchange rates are influenced generally by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign currency markets and by numerous other political and economic events occurring outside the United States, many of which may be difficult, if not impossible, to predict.

Income from foreign securities and other investments will be received and realized in foreign currencies, and the Fund is required to compute and distribute income in U.S. Dollars.  Accordingly, a decline in the value of a particular foreign currency against the U.S. Dollar occurring after the Fund’s income has been earned and computed in U.S. Dollars may require the Fund to liquidate portfolio securities or other investments to acquire sufficient U.S. Dollars to make a distribution.  Similarly, if the exchange rate declines between the time the Fund incurs expenses in U.S. Dollars and the time such expenses are paid, the Fund may be required to liquidate additional portfolio securities or other investments to purchase the U.S. Dollars required to meet such expenses.
 
 
B-7

 

The Fund may purchase foreign bank obligations.  In addition to the risks described above that are generally applicable to foreign investments, the investments that the Fund makes in obligations of foreign banks, branches or subsidiaries may involve further risks, including differences between foreign banks and U.S. banks in applicable accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, and the possible establishment of exchange controls or other foreign government laws or restrictions applicable to the payment of certificates of deposit or time deposits that may affect adversely the payment of principal and interest on the securities and other investments held by the Fund.

Emerging Markets

The Fund may invest in emerging market countries or developing countries as defined by the World Bank, International Financial Corporation or the Morgan Stanley Capital International (MSCI) emerging market indices or other comparable indices.  Developing countries may impose restrictions on the Fund’s ability to repatriate investment income or capital.  Even where there is no outright restriction on repatriation of investment income or capital, the mechanics of repatriation may affect certain aspects of the operations of the Fund.

Some of the currencies in emerging markets have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. Dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies.  Certain developing countries face serious exchange constraints.

Governments of some developing countries exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector.  In some countries, the government owns or controls many companies.  Therefore, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries, which could affect the private sector companies in which the Fund invests.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The Fund may conduct foreign currency exchange transactions either on a spot, i.e., cash, basis at the prevailing rate in the foreign exchange market or by entering into a forward foreign currency contract.  A forward foreign currency contract (“forward contract”) involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific amount of a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (usually less than one year) from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract.  Forward contracts are considered to be derivatives.  The Fund enters into forward contracts in order to “lock in” the exchange rate between the currency it will deliver and the currency it will receive for the duration of the contract.  In addition, the Fund may enter into forward contracts to hedge against risks arising from securities the Fund owns or anticipates purchasing or the U.S. Dollar value of interest and dividends paid on those securities.  The Fund will not have more than 10% of its total assets committed to forward contracts, or maintain a net exposure to forward contracts that would obligate the Fund to deliver an amount of foreign currency in excess of the value of the Fund’s investment securities or other assets denominated in that currency.
 
 
B-8

 

If the Fund delivers the foreign currency at or before the settlement of a forward contract, it may be required to obtain the currency by selling some of the Fund’s assets that are denominated in that specific currency.  The Fund may close out a forward contract obligating it to purchase a foreign currency by selling an offsetting contract, in which case it will realize a gain or a loss.

Foreign currency transactions involve certain costs and risks.  The Fund incurs foreign exchange expenses in converting assets from one currency to another. Forward contracts involve a risk of loss if the Advisor is inaccurate in predicting currency movements.  The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain.  The precise matching of forward contract amounts and the value of the securities involved is generally not possible.  Accordingly, it may be necessary for the Fund to purchase additional foreign currency if the market value of the security is less than the amount of the foreign currency the Fund is obligated to deliver under the forward contract and the decision is made to sell the security and deliver the foreign currency.  The use of forward contracts as a hedging technique does not eliminate the fluctuation in the prices of the underlying securities the Fund owns or intends to acquire, but it fixes a rate of exchange in advance.  Although forward contracts can reduce the risk of loss if the values of the hedged currencies decline, these instruments also limit the potential gain that might result from an increase in the value of the hedged currencies.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies, and there is no regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis.  Quotation information available is generally representative of very large transactions in the interbank market.  The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global around-the-clock market.  Since foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, the Fund may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.    The Fund may take positions in options on foreign currencies in order to hedge against the risk of foreign exchange fluctuation on foreign securities the Fund holds in its portfolio or which it intends to purchase

Short Sales

A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline.  If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Fund, including the costs associated with providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash and liquid securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian.   The Fund also may be required to pay a premium to borrow a security, which would increase the cost of the security sold short. Although the Fund’s gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.

The broker-dealer will retain the net proceeds of the short sale to the extent necessary to meet margin requirements until the short position is closed out.
 
 
B-9

 

When the Advisor believes that the price of a particular security held by the Fund may decline, it may make “short sales against the box” to hedge the unrealized gain on such security.  Selling short against the box involves selling a security which the Fund owns for delivery at a specified date in the future.   The Fund will incur transaction costs to open, maintain and close short sales against the box.

To the extent the Fund sells securities short (except in the case of short sales “against the box”), it is required to segregate an amount of cash or liquid securities on its records equal to the market price of the securities sold short.  The segregated assets are marked to market daily in an attempt to ensure that the amount deposited in the segregated account is at least equal to the market value of the securities sold short.  Segregated securities cannot be sold while the position they are covering is outstanding, unless they are replaced with similar securities.  As a result, there is the possibility that segregation of a large percentage of the Fund’s assets could affect its portfolio management.

DERIVATIVES

The Fund may utilize a variety of financial instruments, such as derivatives, options, and forward contracts, both for investment purposes and for hedging purposes.  Hedging involves special risks including the possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the Advisor’s assessment of certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of hedging could result in losses greater than if hedging had not been used.  Nonetheless, with respect to certain investment positions, the Fund may not be sufficiently hedged against market fluctuations, in which case an investment position could result in a loss greater than if the Advisor had been sufficiently hedged with respect to such position.

The Advisor will not, in general, attempt to hedge all market or other risks inherent in the Fund’s positions, and will hedge certain risks, if at all, only partially.  Specifically, the Advisor may choose not, or may determine that it is economically unattractive, to hedge certain risks, either in respect of particular positions or in respect of the Fund’s overall portfolio.  Moreover, it should be noted that the Fund’s portfolio always will be exposed to unidentified systematic risk factors and to certain risks that cannot be completely hedged, such as credit risk (relating both to particular securities and to counterparties).  The Fund’s portfolio composition may result in various directional market risks remaining unhedged, although the Advisor may rely on diversification to control such risks to the extent that the Advisor believes it is desirable to do so. Recent legislation calls for new regulation of the derivatives markets. The extent and impact of the regulation is not yet fully known and may not be for some time. Any new regulations could adversely affect the value, availability and performance of derivative instruments, may make them more costly, and may limit or restrict their use by the Fund.

Options on Securities and Securities Indices

A call option would entitle the Fund, in return for the premium paid, to purchase specified securities at a specified price during the option period.  A put option would entitle the Fund, in return for the premium paid, to sell specified securities during the option period.  The Fund may invest in both European-style or American-style options. A European-style option is only exercisable immediately prior to its expiration.  American-style options are exercisable at any time prior to the expiration date of the option.
 
 
B-10

 

Writing Call Options .   The Fund may write covered call options.  A call option is “covered” if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute right to acquire the security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or cash equivalents in such amounts as held in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian.  The writer of a call option receives a premium and gives the purchaser the right to buy the security underlying the option at the exercise price.  The writer has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price during the option period.  If the writer of an exchange-traded option wishes to terminate his obligation, he may effect a “closing purchase transaction.”  This is accomplished by buying an option of the same series as the option previously written.  A writer may not effect a closing purchase transaction after it has been notified of the exercise of an option.

Effecting a closing transaction in a written call option will permit the Fund to write another call option on the underlying security with either a different exercise price, expiration date or both.  Also, effecting a closing transaction will permit the cash or proceeds from the concurrent sale of any securities subject to the option to be used for other investments of the Fund.  If the Fund desires to sell a particular security from its portfolio on which it has written a call option, it will effect a closing transaction prior to or concurrent with the sale of the security.

The Fund will realize a gain from a closing transaction if the cost of the closing transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option or if the proceeds from the closing transaction are more than the premium paid to purchase the option.  The Fund will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the cost of the closing transaction is more than the premium received from writing the option or if the proceeds from the closing transaction are less than the premium paid to purchase the option.  However, because increases in the market price of a call option will generally reflect increases in the market price of the underlying security, any loss to the Fund resulting from the repurchase of a call option is likely to be offset in whole or in part by appreciation of the underlying security owned by the Fund.

In addition to covered call options, the Fund may write uncovered (or “naked”) call options on securities, including ETFs, and indices; however, SEC rules require that the Fund segregates assets on its books and records with a value equal to the value of the securities or the index that the holder of the option is entitled to call.  Segregated securities cannot be sold while the option strategy is outstanding, unless they are replaced with other suitable assets.  As a result, there is a possibility that segregation of a large percentage of the Fund’s assets could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Writing Covered Index Call Options . The Fund may sell index call options.  The Fund may also execute a closing purchase transaction with respect to the option it has sold and then sell another option with either a different exercise price and/or expiration date.  The Fund’s objective in entering into such closing transactions is to increase option premium income, to limit losses or to protect anticipated gains in the underlying stocks.  The cost of a closing transaction, while reducing the premium income realized from the sale of the option, should be offset, at least in part, by the appreciation in the value of the underlying index, and by the opportunity to realize additional premium income from selling a new option.
 
 
B-11

 

When the Fund sells an index call option, it does not deliver the underlying stocks or cash to the broker through whom the transaction is effected.  In the case of an exchange-traded option, the Fund establishes an escrow account.  The Custodian (or a securities depository acting for the Custodian) acts as the Fund’s escrow agent.  The escrow agent enters into documents known as escrow receipts with respect to the stocks included in the Fund (or escrow receipts with respect to other acceptable securities).  The escrow agent releases the stocks from the escrow account when the call option expires or the Fund enters into a closing purchase transaction. Until such release, the underlying stocks cannot be sold by the Fund.  The Fund may enter into similar collateral arrangements with the counterparty when it sells over-the-counter index call options.

When the Fund sells an index call option, it is also required to “cover” the option pursuant to requirements enunciated by the staff of the SEC.   The staff has indicated that a mutual fund may “cover” an index call option by (1) owning and holding for the term of the option a portfolio of stocks substantially replicating the movement of the index underlying the call option; (2) purchasing an American-style call option on the same index with an exercise price not greater than the exercise price of the written option; or (3) establishing and maintaining for the term of the option a segregated account consisting of cash, U.S. Government securities or other high-grade debt securities, equal in value to the aggregate contract price of the call option (the current index value times the specific multiple).  The Fund generally “covers” the index options it has sold by owning and holding stocks substantially replicating the movement of the applicable index.  As an alternative method of “covering” the option, the Fund may purchase an appropriate offsetting option.

The purchaser of an index call option sold by the Fund may exercise the option at a price fixed as of the closing level of the index on exercise date.  Unless the Fund has liquid assets sufficient to satisfy the exercise of the index call option, the Fund would be required to liquidate portfolio securities to satisfy the exercise.  The market value of such securities may decline between the time the option is exercised and the time the Fund is able to sell the securities.  If the Fund fails to anticipate an exercise, it may have to borrow from a bank (in amounts not exceeding 5% of the Fund’s total assets) pending settlement of the sale of the portfolio securities and thereby incur interest charges.  If trading is interrupted on the index, the Fund would not be able to close out its option positions.

Risks of Transactions in Options .   There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and indices.  Options may be more volatile than the underlying securities and, therefore, on a percentage basis, an investment in options may be subject to greater fluctuation in value than an investment in the underlying securities themselves.  There are also significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objective.  In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options may be absent for reasons which include the following:  there may be insufficient trading interest in certain options; restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options of underlying securities; unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; the facilities of an exchange or clearing corporation may not be adequate to handle current trading volume at all times; or one or more exchanges could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options that had been issued by a clearing corporation as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.
 
 
B-12

 

A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.  The extent to which the Fund may enter into options transactions may be limited by the requirements of the Code, for qualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company.

Over-the-Counter Options .   The Fund may engage in transactions involving over-the-counter options as well as exchange-traded options.  Certain additional risks are specific to over-the-counter options.  The Fund may engage a clearing corporation to exercise exchange-traded options, but if the Fund purchased an over-the-counter option, it must then rely on the dealer from which it purchased the option if the option is exercised.  Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss of the premium paid by the Fund as well as loss of the expected benefit of the transaction.

Exchange-traded options generally have a continuous liquid market while over-the-counter options may not.  Consequently, the Fund may generally be able to realize the value of an over-the-counter option it has purchased only by exercising or reselling the option to the dealer who issued it.  Similarly, when the Fund writes an over-the-counter option, the Fund may generally be able to close out the option prior to its expiration only by entering into a closing purchase transaction with the dealer to whom the Fund originally wrote the option.  While the Fund will seek to enter into over-the-counter options only with dealers who will agree to and are expected to be capable of entering into closing transactions with the Fund, there can be no assurance that the Fund will at any time be able to liquidate an over-the-counter option at a favorable price at any time prior to expiration.  Unless the Fund, as a covered over-the-counter call option writer, is able to effect a closing purchase transaction, it will not be able to liquidate securities (or other assets) used as cover until the option expires or is exercised.  In the event of insolvency of the other party, the Fund may be unable to liquidate an over-the-counter option.  With respect to options written by the Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may result in material losses to the Fund.  For example, since the Fund must maintain a secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, the Fund may not sell the assets which it has segregated to secure the position while it is obligated under the option.  This requirement may impair the Fund’s ability to sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.

The SEC has taken the position that purchased over-the-counter options are illiquid securities.  The Fund may treat the cover used for written over-the-counter options as liquid if the dealer agrees that the Fund may repurchase the over-the-counter option it has written for a maximum price to be calculated by a predetermined formula.  In such cases, the over-the-counter option would be considered illiquid only to the extent the maximum purchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.  Accordingly, the Fund will treat over-the-counter options as subject to the Fund’s limitation on illiquid securities.  If the SEC changes its position on the liquidity of over-the-counter options, the Fund will change the treatment of such instruments accordingly.
 
 
B-13

 

Futures and Options on Futures

The Fund may use interest rate, foreign currency, index and other futures contracts.  The Fund may use options on futures contracts. A futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of the security or other financial instrument at a specified price and time.  A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract originally was written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, physical delivery of these securities is not always made.  A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indexes, as well as financial instruments, including, without limitation: U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; GNMA Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian Dollar; the Canadian Dollar; the British Pound; the Japanese Yen; the Swiss Franc; the Mexican Peso; and certain multinational currencies, such as the Euro.  It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future.

The Fund may purchase and write (sell) call and put futures options. Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indexes (discussed above). A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price upon expiration of, or at any time during the period of, the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position.  In the case of a put option, the opposite is true. When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by the Fund, the Fund is required to deposit with its futures commission merchant a specified amount of liquid assets (“initial margin”).  The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract.  The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied.  The Fund expects to earn taxable interest income on its initial margin deposits.
 
Futures and options on futures are regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).  The Fund invests in futures, options on futures and other instruments subject to regulation by the CFTC in reliance upon and in accordance with CFTC Regulation 4.5.  Under Regulation 4.5, if the Fund uses futures, options on futures, or swaps other than for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC), the aggregate initial margin and premiums on these positions (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which options that are “in-the-money” at the time of purchase of a new position are “in-the-money”) may not exceed 5% of the Fund’s net asset value, or alternatively, the aggregate net notional value of those positions at the time may not exceed 100% of the Fund’s net asset value (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions).  The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has filed a notice of eligibility for exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Regulation 4.5. Therefore, neither the Trust nor the Fund is deemed to be a “commodity pool” or “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), and they are not subject to registration or regulation as such under the CEA. In addition, as of the date of this SAI, the Advisor is not deemed to be a “commodity pool operator” or “commodity trading adviser” with respect to the advisory services it provides to the Fund.  In the future, if the Fund’s use of futures, options as futures, or swaps requires the Advisor to register as a commodity pool operator with the CFTC, the Advisor will do so at that time.
 
 
B-14

 

A futures contract held by the Fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded.  Each day the Fund pays or receives cash, called “variation margin”, equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract.  This process is known as “marking to market”. Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by the Fund but is instead a settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired.  In computing daily net asset value, the Fund will mark to market its open futures positions. The Fund also is required to deposit and to maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it.  Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option and other futures positions held by the Fund. Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (involving the same exchange, underlying security or index and delivery month).  If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss.  Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a capital loss.  The transaction costs also must be included in these calculations.

The Fund may write covered straddles consisting of a call and a put written on the same underlying futures contract.  A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations. The Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options if the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or if the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put.  In such cases, the Fund also will segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

Swap Agreements

The Fund may enter into interest rate, currency and index swaps and the purchase or sale of related caps, floors and collars. The Fund may enter into these transactions to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against currency fluctuations or to protect against any increase in the price of securities it anticipates purchasing at a later date. Swaps may be used in conjunction with other instruments to offset interest rate, currency or other underlying risks. For example, interest rate swaps may be offset with “caps,” “floors” or “collars”.  A “cap” is essentially a call option which places a limit on the amount of floating rate interest that must be paid on a certain principal amount. A “floor” is essentially a put option which places a limit on the minimum amount that would be paid on a certain principal amount. A “collar” is essentially a combination of a long cap and a short floor where the limits are set at different levels.

The Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. To the extent obligations created thereby may be deemed to constitute senior securities, the Fund will maintain required collateral in a segregated account consisting of U.S. Government securities or cash or cash equivalents. If the Fund were assigned an exercise notice on a call it has written, it would be required to liquidate portfolio securities in order to satisfy the exercise, unless it has other liquid assets that are sufficient to satisfy the exercise of the call. If the Fund has written a call, there is also a risk that the market may decline between the time the Fund has a call exercised against it, at a price which is fixed as of the closing level of the index on the date of exercise, and the time it is able to sell securities in its portfolio. As with stock options, the Fund will not learn that an index option has been exercised until the day following the exercise date but, unlike a call on stock where it would be able to deliver the underlying securities in settlement, the Fund may have to sell part of its securities portfolio in order to make settlement in cash, and the price of such securities might decline before they can be sold. For example, even if an index call which the Fund has written is “covered” by an index call held by the Fund with the same strike price, it will bear the risk that the level of the index may decline between the close of trading on the date the exercise notice is filed with the Options Clearing Corporation and the close of trading on the date the Fund exercises the call it holds or the time it sells the call, which in either case would occur no earlier than the day following the day the exercise notice was filed.
 
 
B-15

 

Total Return Swaps . The Fund may enter into total return swap contracts for investment purposes.  Total return swaps are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments based on the change in market value of the underlying assets, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or security indexes during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate of the total return from other underlying assets. Total return swap agreements may be used to obtain exposure to a security or market without owning or taking physical custody of such security or market, including in cases in which there may be disadvantages associated with direct ownership of a particular security. In a typical total return equity swap, payments made by the Fund or the counterparty are based on the total return of a particular reference asset or assets (such as an equity security, a combination of such securities, or an index). That is, one party agrees to pay another party the return on a stock, basket of stocks, or stock index in return for a specified interest rate. By entering into an equity index swap, for example, the index receiver can gain exposure to stocks making up the index of securities without actually purchasing those stocks. Total return swaps involve not only the risk associated with the investment in the underlying securities, but also the risk of the counterparty not fulfilling its obligations under the agreement.

Credit Default Swaps . The Fund may enter into credit default swap agreements for investment purposes.  A credit default swap agreement may have as reference obligations one or more securities that are not currently held by the Fund. The Fund may be either the buyer or seller in the transaction. Credit default swaps may also be structured based on the debt of a basket of issuers, rather than a single issuer, and may be customized with respect to the default event that triggers purchase or other factors. As a seller, the Fund would generally receive an upfront payment or a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap, which typically is between six months and three years, provided that there is no credit event. If a credit event occurs, generally the seller must pay the buyer the full face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference obligations that may have little or no value. If the Fund were a buyer and no credit event occurs, the Fund would recover nothing if the swap is held through its termination date. However, if a credit event occurs, the buyer may elect to receive the full notional value of the swap in exchange for an equal face amount of deliverable obligations of the reference obligation that may have little or no value.  The use of swap agreements by a fund entails certain risks, which may be different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in the securities and other investments that are the referenced asset for the swap agreement. Swaps are highly specialized instruments that require investment techniques, risk analyses, and tax planning different from those associated with stocks, bonds, and other traditional investments. The use of a swap requires an understanding not only of the referenced asset, reference rate, or index, but also of the swap itself, without the benefit of observing the performance of the swap under all the possible market conditions. Because some swap agreements have a leverage component, adverse changes in the value or level of the underlying asset, reference rate, or index can result in a loss substantially greater than the amount invested in the swap itself. Certain swaps have the potential for unlimited loss, regardless of the size of the initial investment.
 
 
B-16

 

The Fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of the debt of a particular issuer or basket of issuers, in which case the Fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer(s) of the underlying obligation(s) (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve the risk that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default. The purchase of credit default swaps involves costs, which will reduce the Fund’s return.

Currency Swaps . The Fund may enter into currency swap agreements for investment purposes.  Currency swaps are similar to interest rate swaps, except that they involve multiple currencies. The Fund may enter into a currency swap when it has exposure to one currency and desires exposure to a different currency. Typically the interest rates that determine the currency swap payments are fixed, although occasionally one or both parties may pay a floating rate of interest. Unlike an interest rate swap, however, the principal amounts are exchanged at the beginning of the contract and returned at the end of the contract. In addition to paying and receiving amounts at the beginning and termination of the agreements, both sides will also have to pay in full periodically based upon the currency they have borrowed. Change in foreign exchange rates and changes in interest rates, as described above, may negatively affect currency swaps.

Interest Rate Swaps .  The Fund may enter into an interest rate swap in an effort to protect against declines in the value of fixed income securities held by the Fund. In such an instance, the Fund may agree to pay a fixed rate (multiplied by a notional amount) while a counterparty agrees to pay a floating rate (multiplied by the same notional amount). If interest rates rise, resulting in a diminution in the value of the fund’s portfolio, the fund would receive payments under the swap that would offset, in whole or in part, such diminution in value.

Options on Swaps .  An option on a swap agreement, or a “swaption,” is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. In return, the purchaser pays a “premium” to the seller of the contract. The seller of the contract receives the premium and bears the risk of unfavorable changes on the underlying swap. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions. The Fund may also enter into swaptions on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether the Fund is hedging its assets or its liabilities. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions to the same extent it may make use of standard options on securities or other instruments. The Fund may enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its holdings, as a duration management technique, to protect against an increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing at a later date, or for any other purposes, such as for speculation to increase returns. Swaptions are generally subject to the same risks involved in the Fund’s use of options.
 
 
B-17

 

Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When the Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

Over-the-Counter Transactions

Over-the-Counter (“OTC”) transactions differ from exchange-traded transactions in several respects.  OTC transactions are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation. Without the availability of a clearing corporation, OTC transaction pricing is normally done by reference to information from market makers, which information is carefully monitored by the Advisor and verified in appropriate cases. As OTC transactions are transacted directly with dealers, there is a risk of nonperformance by the dealer as a result of the insolvency of such dealer or otherwise. An OTC transaction may only be terminated voluntarily by entering into a closing transaction with the dealer with whom the Fund originally dealt. Any such cancellation may require the Fund to pay a premium to that dealer. In those cases in which the Fund has entered into a covered transaction and cannot voluntarily terminate the transaction, the Fund will not be able to sell the underlying security until the transaction expires or is exercised or different cover is substituted. The Fund intends to enter into OTC transactions only with dealers which agree to, and which are expected to be capable of, entering into closing transactions with the Fund. There is also no assurance that the Fund will be able to liquidate an OTC transaction at any time prior to expiration.

Certain additional risk factors related to derivatives are discussed below:

Derivatives Risk .  Under recently adopted rules by the CFTC, transactions in some types of interest rate swaps and credit default index swaps on North American and European indices will be required to be cleared. In a cleared derivatives transaction, the Fund’s counterparty is a clearing house (such as CME Clearing, ICE Clearing or LCH.Clearnet), rather than a bank or broker.  Since the Fund is not a member of clearing houses and only members of a clearing house can participate directly in the clearing house, the Fund will hold cleared derivatives through accounts at clearing members, who are futures commission merchants that are members of the clearing houses and who have the appropriate regulatory approvals to engage in swap transactions. The Fund will make and receive payments owed under cleared derivatives transactions (including margin payments) through their accounts at clearing members. Clearing members guarantee performance of their clients’ obligations to the clearing house. In contrast to bilateral derivatives transactions, following a period of advance notice to the Fund, clearing members generally can require termination of existing cleared derivatives transactions at any time and increases in margin above the margin that it required at the beginning of a transaction. Clearing houses also have broad rights to increase margin requirements for existing transactions and to terminate transactions. Any such increase or termination could interfere with the ability of the Fund to pursue its investment strategy. Also, the Fund is subject to execution risk if it enters into a derivatives transaction that is required to be cleared (or that the Manager expects to be cleared), and no clearing member is willing or able to clear the transaction on the Fund’s behalf.  While the documentation in place between the Fund and their clearing members generally provides that the clearing members will accept for clearing all transactions submitted for clearing that are within credit limits specified by the clearing members in advance, the Fund could be subject to this execution risk if the Fund submits for clearing transactions that exceed such credit limits, if the clearing house does not accept the transactions for clearing, or if the clearing members do not comply with their agreement to clear such transactions.  In that case, the transaction might have to be terminated, and the Fund could lose some or all of the benefit of any increase in the value of the transaction after the time of the transaction.  In addition, new regulations could, among other things, restrict the Fund’s ability to engage in, or increase the cost to the Fund of, derivatives transactions, for example, by making some types of derivatives no longer available to the Fund or increasing margin or capital requirements.  If the Fund is not able to enter into a particular derivatives transaction, the Fund’s investment performance and risk profile could be adversely affected as a result.
 
 
B-18

 

Counterparty Risk .  Counterparty risk with respect to OTC derivatives may be affected by new regulations promulgated by the CFTC and SEC affecting the derivatives market. As described under “Derivatives Risk” above, some derivatives transactions will be required to be cleared, and a party to a cleared derivatives transaction is subject to the credit risk of the clearing house and the clearing member through which it holds its cleared position, rather than the credit risk of its original counterparty to the derivative transaction. Clearing members are required to segregate all funds received from customers with respect to cleared derivatives transactions from the clearing member’s proprietary assets. However, all funds and other property received by a clearing broker from its customers are generally held by the clearing broker on a commingled basis in an omnibus account, which may also invest those funds in certain instruments permitted under the applicable regulations. The assets of the Fund might not be fully protected in the event of the bankruptcy of the Fund’s clearing member because the Fund would be limited to recovering only a pro rata share of all available funds segregated on behalf of the clearing broker’s customers for a relevant account class.  Also, the clearing member transfers to the clearing house the amount of margin required by the clearing house for cleared swaps, which amounts are generally held in an omnibus account at the clearing  house for all customers of the clearing member. Regulations promulgated by the CFTC require that the clearing member notify the clearing house of the amount of initial margin provided by the clearing member to the clearing house that is attributable to each customer.  However, if the clearing member does not provide accurate reporting, the Fund is subject to the risk that a clearing house will use the Fund’s assets held in an omnibus account at the clearing house to satisfy payment obligations of a defaulting customer of the clearing member to the clearing house. In addition, clearing members generally provide to the clearing house the net amount of variation margin required for cleared swaps for all of its customers in the aggregate, rather than the gross amount of each customer.  The Fund is therefore subject to the risk that a clearing house will not make variation margin payments owed to the Fund if another customer of the clearing member has suffered a loss and is in default.
 
 
B-19

 

Borrowing

Borrowing creates an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. Furthermore, if the Fund were to engage in borrowing, an increase in interest rates could reduce the value of the Fund’s shares by increasing the Fund’s interest expense. Subject to the limitations described under “Investment Limitations” below, the Fund may be permitted to borrow for temporary purposes and/or for investment purposes. Such a practice will result in leveraging of the Fund’s assets and may cause the Fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. This borrowing may be secured or unsecured. Provisions of the 1940 Act require the Fund to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for borrowings not in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets made for temporary administrative purposes. Any borrowings for temporary administrative purposes in excess of 5% of the Fund’s total assets will count against this asset coverage requirement. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations or other reasons, the Fund may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three days to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage, even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint if the Fund sells securities at that time.  Borrowing will tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio. Money borrowed will be subject to interest costs which may or may not be recovered by appreciation of the securities purchased, if any. The Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with such borrowings or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.

OTHER INVESTMENT STRATEGIES, POLICIES AND RISKS

EQUITY SECURITIES

Common Stock

Common stock represents an equity (ownership) interest in a company, and usually possesses voting rights and earns dividends.  Dividends on common stock are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the issuer.  Common stock generally represents the riskiest investment in a company.  In addition, common stock generally has the greatest appreciation and depreciation potential because increases and decreases in earnings are usually reflected in a company’s stock price.

The fundamental risk of investing in common stock is that the value of the stock might decrease.  Stock values fluctuate in response to the activities of an individual company or in response to general market and/or economic conditions.  While common stocks have historically provided greater long-term returns than preferred stocks, fixed-income and money market investments, common stocks have also experienced significantly more volatility than the returns from those other investments.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stock is a class of stock having a preference over common stock as to the payment of dividends and the recovery of investment in the event a company is liquidated, although preferred stock is usually subordinate to the debt securities of the issuer.  Preferred stock typically does not possess voting rights and its market value may change based on changes in interest rates.  If interest rates rise, the fixed dividend on preferred stocks may be less attractive, causing the price of preferred stocks to decline.  Preferred stock may have mandatory sinking fund provisions, as well as call/redemption provisions prior to maturity, a negative feature when interest rates decline.  In addition, a fund may receive stocks or warrants as result of an exchange or tender of fixed income securities.
 
 
B-20

 

The Fund’s investment in preferred stocks is subject to the credit risk related to the financial condition of the issuers of those securities.  Credit ratings attempt to evaluate the safety of principal and dividend or interest payments and do not evaluate the risks of fluctuations in market value.

Small- and Mid-Cap Stocks

The Fund may invest in stock of companies with market capitalizations that are small compared to other publicly traded companies. Investments in larger companies present certain advantages in that such companies generally have greater financial resources, more extensive research and development, manufacturing, marketing and service capabilities, and more stability and greater depth of management and personnel. Investments in smaller, less seasoned companies may present greater opportunities for growth but also may involve greater risks than customarily are associated with more established companies. The securities of smaller companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than larger, more established companies. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources, or they may be dependent upon a limited management group. Their securities may be traded in the over-the-counter market or on a regional exchange, or may otherwise have limited liquidity. As a result of owning large positions in this type of security, the Fund is subject to the additional risk of possibly having to sell portfolio securities at disadvantageous times and prices if redemptions require the Fund to liquidate its securities positions. In addition, it may be prudent for the Fund, as its asset size grows, to limit the number of relatively small positions it holds in securities having limited liquidity in order to minimize its exposure to such risks, to minimize transaction costs, and to maximize the benefits of research. As a consequence, as the Fund’s asset size increases, the Fund may reduce its exposure to illiquid small capitalization securities, which could adversely affect performance.

The Fund may also invest in stocks of companies with medium market capitalizations (i.e., mid-cap companies). Such investments share some of the risk characteristics of investments in stocks of companies with small market capitalizations described above, although mid cap companies tend to have longer operating histories, broader product lines and greater financial resources and their stocks tend to be more liquid and less volatile than those of smaller capitalization issuers.

Warrants and Rights

The Fund may invest in warrants or rights (including those acquired in units or attached to other securities) that entitle the holder to buy equity securities at a specific price for a specific period of time but will do so only if such equity securities are deemed appropriate by the Advisor.  Warrants do not have voting rights, do not earn dividends, and do not entitle the holder to any rights with respect to the assets of the corporation that has issued them.  They do not represent ownership of the underlying companies but only the right to purchase shares of those companies at a specified price on or before a specified exercise date.  Warrants tend to be more volatile than the underlying stock, and if at a warrant’s expiration date the stock is trading at a price below the price set in the warrant, the warrant will expire worthless.  Conversely, if at the expiration date the stock is trading at a price higher than the price set in the warrant, the Fund can acquire the stock at a price below its market value.  The prices of warrants do not necessarily parallel the prices of the underlying securities.  An investment in warrants or rights may be considered speculative.
 
 
B-21

 

Convertible Securities

A convertible security is a preferred stock, warrant or other security that may be converted or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other security of the same or a different issuer or into cash within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula.  A convertible security generally entitles the holder to receive the dividend or interest until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged.  Before conversion, convertible securities generally have characteristics similar to both fixed income and equity securities.  Although to a lesser extent than with fixed income securities generally, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stocks and, therefore, also will react to variations in the general market for equity securities. A significant feature of convertible securities is that as the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible securities tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and so they may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the prices of the convertible securities tend to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. While no securities investments are without risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in common stock of the same issuer.

Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”)

ETFs are pooled investment vehicles that generally seek to track the performance of specific indices. ETFs may be organized as open-end funds or as unit investment trusts. Their shares are listed on stock exchanges and can be traded throughout the day at market-determined prices.

An ETF generally issues index-based investments in aggregations of 50,000 shares known as “Creation Units” in exchange for a “Portfolio Deposit” consisting of (a) a portfolio of securities substantially similar to the component securities (“Index Securities”) of the applicable index (the “Index”), (b) a cash payment equal to a pro rata portion of the dividends accrued on the ETF’s portfolio securities since the last dividend payment by the ETF, net of expenses and liabilities, and (c) a cash payment or credit (“Balancing Amount”) designed to equalize the net asset value of the Index and the net asset value of a Portfolio Deposit.

Shares of ETFs are not individually redeemable, except upon termination of the ETF. To redeem shares of an ETF, an investor must accumulate enough shares of the ETF to reconstitute a Creation Unit. The liquidity of small holdings of ETF shares, therefore, will depend upon the existence of a secondary market for such shares. Upon redemption of a Creation Unit, the portfolio will receive Index Securities and cash identical to the Portfolio Deposit required of an investor wishing to purchase a Creation Unit that day.
 
 
B-22

 

The price of ETF shares is based upon (but not necessarily identical to) the value of the securities held by the ETF. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of ETF shares is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for ETF shares is based on a basket of stocks. Disruptions in the markets for the securities underlying ETF shares purchased or sold by the Fund could result in losses on such shares. There is no assurance that the requirements of the national securities exchanges necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any ETF will continue to be met.

Closed-End Funds

The Fund may invest in shares of closed-end funds.  Investments in closed-end funds are subject to various risks, including reliance on management’s ability to meet the closed-end fund’s investment objective and to manage the closed-end fund portfolio; fluctuation in the net asset value of closed-end fund shares compared to the changes in the value of the underlying securities that the closed-end fund owns; and bearing a pro rata share of the management fees and expenses of each underlying closed-end fund resulting in Fund’s shareholders being subject to higher expenses than if he or she invested directly in the closed-end fund(s).

Exchange Traded Notes (“ETNs”)

An investment in an ETN involves risks, including possible loss of principal. ETNs are unsecured debt securities issued by a bank that are linked to the total return of a market index. Risks of investing in ETNs also include limited portfolio diversification, uncertain principal payment, and illiquidity. Additionally, the investor fee will reduce the amount of return on maturity or at redemption, and as a result the investor may receive less than the principal amount at maturity or upon redemption, even if the value of the relevant index has increased. An investment in an ETN may not be suitable for all investors.

Depository Receipts
 
American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”) are negotiable receipts issued by a U.S. bank or trust company that evidence ownership of securities in a foreign company which have been deposited with such bank or trust company’s office or agent in a foreign country.  European Depository Receipts (“EDRs”) are negotiable certificates held in the bank of one country representing a specific number of shares of a stock traded on an exchange of another country.  Global Depository Receipts (“GDRs”) are negotiable certificates held in the bank of one country representing a specific number of shares of a stock traded on an exchange of another country.    Canadian Depository Receipts (“CDRs”) are negotiable receipts issued by a Canadian bank or trust company that evidence ownership of securities in a foreign company which have been deposited with such bank or trust company’s office or agent in a foreign country.
 
Investing in ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs presents risks that may not be equal to the risk inherent in holding the equivalent shares of the same companies that are traded in the local markets even though the Fund will purchase, sell and be paid dividends on ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs in U.S. Dollars.  These risks include fluctuations in currency exchange rates, which are affected by international balances of payments and other economic and financial conditions; government intervention; speculation; and other factors.  With respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation, political and social upheaval, and economic instability.  The Fund may be required to pay foreign withholding or other taxes on certain ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, or CDRs that it owns, but investors may or may not be able to deduct their pro-rata share of such taxes in computing their taxable income, or take such shares as a credit against their U.S. federal income tax.  See “Federal Income Tax Matters.”  ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs may be sponsored by the foreign issuer or may be unsponsored.  Unsponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs are organized independently and without the cooperation of the foreign issuer of the underlying securities.  Unsponsored GDRs, CDRs, EDRs and ADRs are offered by companies which are not prepared to meet either the reporting or accounting standards of the United States.  While readily exchangeable with stock in local markets, unsponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs may be less liquid than sponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs.  Additionally, there generally is less publicly available information with respect to unsponsored ADRs, EDRs, GDRs, and CDRs.
 
 
B-23

 

Investment Company Securities

The Fund may invest in shares of other investment companies (each, an “Underlying Fund”), including open-end funds, closed-end funds, unit investment trusts (“UITs”) and exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”), to the extent permitted by applicable law and subject to certain restrictions set forth in this SAI.

Generally, under the 1940 Act and SEC rules adopted pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund’s acquisition of the securities of affiliated and unaffiliated funds is subject to the following guidelines and restrictions:
 
·           The Fund may own an unlimited amount of the securities of any registered open-end fund or registered unit investment trust that is affiliated with the Fund, so long as any such Underlying Fund has a policy that prohibits it from acquiring any securities of registered open-end funds or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on certain sections of the 1940 Act.
 
·           The Fund and its “affiliated persons” may own up to 3% of the outstanding stock  of any fund, subject to the following restrictions:
 
 
i.
the Fund and the Underlying Fund, in the aggregate, may not charge a sales load greater than the limits set forth in Rule 2830(d)(3) of the Conduct Rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) applicable to funds of funds;
 
 
ii.
the Underlying Fund is not obligated to redeem more than 1% of its total outstanding securities during any period less than 30 days; and
 
 
iii.
the purchase or acquisition of the Underlying Fund is made pursuant to an arrangement with the Underlying Fund or its principal underwriter whereby the Fund is obligated either to (i) seek instructions from its shareholders with regard to the voting of all proxies with respect to the Underlying Fund and to vote in accordance with such instructions, or (ii) to vote the shares of the Underlying Fund held by the Fund in the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the Underlying Fund.
 
 
B-24

 
 
Acquired funds typically incur fees that are separate from those fees incurred directly by the Fund.  The Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses as Fund shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund expenses.  In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to certain leverage risks.  The net asset value and market value of leveraged securities will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged securities. Investment companies may have investment policies that differ from those of the Fund.

Under certain circumstances an open-end investment company in which the Fund invests may determine to make payment of a redemption by the Fund wholly or in part by a distribution in kind of securities from its portfolio, instead of in cash.  As a result, the Fund may hold such securities until the Advisor determines it is appropriate to dispose of them.  Such disposition will impose additional costs on the Fund.

Investment decisions by the investment advisors to the registered investment companies in which the Fund invests are made independently of the Fund.  At any particular time, one Underlying Fund may be purchasing shares of an issuer whose shares are being sold by another Underlying Fund.  As a result, under these circumstances the Fund indirectly would incur certain transactional costs without accomplishing any investment purpose.

DERIVATIVES

Stock Index Options

The Fund may invest in options on indices, including broad-based security indices. Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on other investments except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities. When a fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call. The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”), which determines the total dollar value for each point of such difference. When a fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights as to such call as are indicated above. When a fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls. When a fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.
 
 
B-25

 

The risks of investment in options on indices may be greater than options on securities. Because index options are settled in cash, if a fund writes a call on an index it cannot provide in advance for its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying index. A fund can offset some of the risk of writing a call index option by holding a diversified portfolio of securities or instruments similar to those on which the underlying index is based. However, a fund cannot, as a practical matter, acquire and hold a portfolio containing exactly the same securities or instruments as underlie the index and, as a result, bears a risk that the value of the securities or instruments held will vary from the value of the index..

Even if the Fund could assemble a portfolio that exactly reproduced the composition of the underlying index, it still would not be fully covered from a risk standpoint because of the “timing risk” inherent in writing index options. When an index option is exercised, the amount of cash that the holder is entitled to receive is determined by the difference between the exercise price and the closing index level on the date when the option is exercised. As with other kinds of options, a fund as the call writer will not learn of the assignment until the next business day at the earliest. The time lag between exercise and notice of assignment poses no risk for the writer of a covered call on a specific underlying security or instrument, such as common stock, because there the writer’s obligation is to deliver the underlying security or instrument, not to pay its value as of a fixed time in the past. So long as the writer already owns the underlying security or instrument, it can satisfy its settlement obligations by simply delivering it, and the risk that its value may have declined since the exercise date is borne by the exercising holder.  In contrast, even if the writer of an index call holds investments that exactly match the composition of the underlying index, it will not be able to satisfy its assignment obligations by delivering those investments against payment of the exercise price. Instead, it will be required to pay cash in an amount based on the closing index value on the exercise date. By the time it learns that it has been assigned, the index may have declined, with a corresponding decline in the value of its portfolio. This “timing risk” is an inherent limitation on the ability of index call writers to cover their risk exposure by holding security or instrument positions.

If the Fund has purchased an index option and exercises it before the closing index value for that day is available, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently change. If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the Fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.

Stock Index Futures

The Fund may invest in stock index futures only as a substitute for a comparable market position in the underlying securities.  A stock index future obligates the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to accept), effectively, an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made.  No physical delivery of the underlying stocks in the index is made.  With respect to stock indices that are permitted investments, the Fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts on the stock index for which it can obtain the best price with consideration also given to liquidity.
 
 
B-26

 

Illiquid and Restricted Securities

The Fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities, including (i) securities for which there is no readily available market; (ii) securities in which the disposition would be subject to legal restrictions (so called “restricted securities”); and (iii) repurchase agreements having more than seven days to maturity.  However, the Fund will not acquire illiquid securities if, as a result, such securities would comprise more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets. The Board or its delegate has the ultimate authority to determine, to the extent permissible under the federal securities laws, which securities are liquid or illiquid for purposes of this 15% limitation. The Board has delegated to the Advisor the day-to-day determination of the illiquidity of any security held by the Fund, although it has retained oversight and ultimate responsibility for such determinations. Although no definitive liquidity criteria are used, the Board has directed the Advisor to consider to such factors as (a) frequency of trading and availability of quotations; (b) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and the availability of buyers; (c) the willingness of dealers to be market makers in the security; and (d) the nature of trading activity including (i) the time needed to dispose of a position or part of a position and (ii) offer and solicitation methods.  A considerable period of time may elapse between the Fund’s decision to sell such securities and the time when the Fund is able to sell them, during which time the value of the securities could decline.  Illiquid securities will usually be priced at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or its delegate. If, through the appreciation of illiquid securities or the depreciation of liquid securities, more than 15% of the value of the Fund’s net assets is invested in illiquid securities, including restricted securities which are not readily marketable, the Fund will take such steps as is deemed advisable, if any, to protect liquidity.

Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in a public offering with respect to which a registration statement is in effect under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Where registration is required, the Fund may be obligated to pay all or part of the registration expenses and a considerable period may elapse between the time of the decision to sell and the time the Fund may be permitted to sell a security under an effective registration statement. If, during such a period, adverse market conditions were to develop, the Fund might obtain a less favorable price than that which prevailed when it decided to sell.  Restricted securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act that have a readily available market usually are not deemed illiquid for purposes of this limitation by the Fund.  However, investing in Rule 144A securities could result in increasing the level of the Fund’s illiquidity if qualified institutional buyers become, for a time, uninterested in purchasing these securities.

TEMPORARY INVESTMENTS

The Fund may take temporary defensive measures that are inconsistent with the Fund’s normal fundamental or non-fundamental investment policies and strategies in response to adverse market, economic, political, or other conditions as determined by the Advisor.  Such measures could include, but are not limited to, investments in (1) highly liquid short-term fixed income securities issued by or on behalf of municipal or corporate issuers, obligations of the U.S. Government and its agencies, commercial paper, and bank certificates of deposit; (2) repurchase agreements involving any such securities; and (3) other money market instruments.  The Fund also may invest in shares of money market mutual funds to the extent permitted under applicable law. Money market mutual funds are investment companies, and the investments in those companies by the Fund are in some cases subject to certain fundamental investment restrictions.  As a shareholder in a mutual fund, the Fund will bear its ratable share of its expenses, including management fees, and will remain subject to payment of the fees to the Advisor, with respect to assets so invested.  The Fund may not achieve its investment objectives during temporary defensive periods.
 
 
B-27

 

Short-Term Investments

The Fund may invest in any of the following securities and instruments:

Bank Certificates of Deposit, Bankers’ Acceptances and Time Deposits.   The Fund may acquire certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits in U.S. Dollar or foreign currencies.  Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against monies deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return.  Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning in effect that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity.  These short-term instruments which the Fund may acquire must, at the time of purchase, have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign branches), based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such bank obligations are fully insured by the U.S. Government.  If the Fund holds instruments of foreign banks or financial institutions, it may be subject to additional investment risks that are different in some respects from those incurred if the Fund invests only in debt obligations of U.S. domestic issuers.  See “Foreign Investments” above. Such risks include future political and economic developments, the possible imposition of withholding taxes by the particular country in which the issuer is located, the possible confiscation or nationalization of foreign deposits, the possible establishment of exchange controls, or the adoption of other foreign governmental restrictions which may adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these securities.

Domestic banks and foreign banks are subject to different governmental regulations with respect to the amount and types of loans that may be made and interest rates that may be charged.  In addition, the profitability of the banking industry depends largely upon the availability and cost of funds and the interest income generated from lending operations.  General economic conditions and the quality of loan portfolios affect the banking industry.

As a result of federal and state laws and regulations, domestic banks are required to maintain specified levels of reserves, limited in the amount that they can loan to a single borrower, and are subject to regulations designed to promote financial soundness.  However, such laws and regulations may not necessarily apply to foreign banks, thereby affecting the risk involved in bank obligations that the Fund may acquire.

In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances, to the extent permitted under its investment strategies and policies stated above and in the Prospectus, the Fund may invest in interest-bearing time deposits or other interest-bearing deposits in commercial or savings banks.  Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained at a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate.
 
 
B-28

 

Savings Association Obligations.   The Fund may invest in certificates of deposit (interest-bearing time deposits) issued by savings banks or savings and loan associations that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in excess of $100 million, based on latest published reports, or less than $100 million if the principal amount of such obligations is fully insured by the U.S. Government.

Commercial Paper, Short-Term Notes and Other Corporate Obligations.   The Fund may invest a portion of its assets in commercial paper and short-term notes.  Commercial paper consists of unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations.  Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have maturities of less than nine months and fixed rates of return, although such instruments may have maturities of up to one year.

The Fund’s investment in commercial paper and short-term notes will consist of issues rated at the time of purchase “A-2” or higher by S&P, “Prime-1” or “Prime-2” by Moody’s, or similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization or, if unrated, will be determined by the Advisor   to be of comparable quality.  These rating symbols are described in Appendix A.

Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations, i.e., credit risk. The Advisor   may actively expose the Fund to credit risk.  However, there can be no guarantee that the Advisor   will be successful in making the right selections and thus fully mitigate the impact of credit risk changes on the Fund .

Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio securities.  Pursuant to such agreements, the Fund acquires securities from financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers deemed to be creditworthy by the Advisor, subject to the seller’s agreement to repurchase and the Fund’s agreement to resell such securities at a mutually agreed upon date and price.  The repurchase price generally equals the price paid by the Fund plus interest negotiated on the basis of current short-term rates (which may be more or less than the rate on the underlying portfolio security).  Securities subject to repurchase agreements will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve/Treasury Book-Entry System or an equivalent foreign system.  The seller under a repurchase agreement will be required to maintain the value of the underlying securities at not less than 102% of the repurchase price under the agreement.  If the seller defaults on its repurchase obligation, the Fund will suffer a loss to the extent that the proceeds from a sale of the underlying securities are less than the repurchase price under the agreement.  Bankruptcy or insolvency of such a defaulting seller may cause the Fund’s rights with respect to such securities to be delayed or limited.  Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans under the 1940 Act.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

The Fund may enter into “reverse” repurchase agreements to avoid selling securities during unfavorable market conditions to meet redemptions.  The Fund may invest a maximum of 10% of total assets in reverse repurchase agreements.  Pursuant to a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund will sell portfolio securities and agree to repurchase them from the buyer at a particular date and price.  Whenever the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it will establish a segregated account in which it will maintain liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the repurchase price marked to market daily (including accrued interest), and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that such equivalent value is maintained.  The Fund pays interest on amounts obtained pursuant to reverse repurchase agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements are considered to be borrowings by the Fund.
 
 
B-29

 

Government Obligations

The Fund may invest in U.S. Government obligations.  Such obligations include Treasury bills, certificates of indebtedness, notes and bonds.  U.S. Government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Treasury bills, the most frequently issued marketable government securities, have a maturity of up to one year and are issued on a discount basis. U.S. Government obligations include securities issued or guaranteed by government-sponsored enterprises.

Payment of principal and interest on U.S. Government obligations may be backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself. In the latter case, the investor must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities, including government-sponsored enterprises, where it is not obligated to do so. In addition, U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in market value due to fluctuations in market interest rates. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. Government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. Government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.
 
Mortgage-Backed Securities

The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities and derivative mortgage-backed securities, and may also invest in “principal only” and “interest only” components. Mortgage-backed securities are securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property.  As with other debt securities, mortgage-backed securities are subject to credit risk and interest rate risk.  However, the yield and maturity characteristics of mortgage-backed securities differ from traditional debt securities. A major difference is that the principal amount of the obligations may normally be prepaid at any time because the underlying assets (i.e., loans) generally may be prepaid at any time. The relationship between prepayments and interest rates may give some mortgage-backed securities less potential for growth in value than conventional fixed-income securities with comparable maturities. In addition, in periods of falling interest rates, the rate of prepayments tends to increase. During such periods, the reinvestment of prepayment proceeds by the Fund will generally be at lower rates than the rates that were carried by the obligations that have been prepaid. If interest rates rise, borrowers may prepay mortgages more slowly than originally expected. This may further reduce the market value of mortgage-backed securities and lengthen their durations. Because of these and other reasons, a mortgage-backed security’s total return, maturity and duration may be difficult to predict precisely.
 
 
B-30

 

Mortgage-backed securities come in different classes that have different risks. Junior classes of mortgage-backed securities are designed to protect the senior class investors against losses on the underlying mortgage loans by taking the first loss if there are liquidations among the underlying loans. Junior classes generally receive principal and interest payments only after all required payments have been made to more senior classes. If the Fund invests in junior classes of mortgage-related securities, it may not be able to recover all of its investment in the securities it purchases. In addition, if the underlying mortgage portfolio has been overvalued, or if mortgage values subsequently decline, the Fund may suffer significant losses. Investments in mortgage-backed securities involve the risks of interruptions in the payment of interest and principal (delinquency) and the potential for loss of principal if the property underlying the security is sold as a result of foreclosure on the mortgage (default).  These risks include the risks associated with direct ownership of real estate, such as the effects of general and local economic conditions on real estate values, the conditions of specific industry segments, the ability of tenants to make lease payments and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants, which in turn may be affected by local market conditions such as oversupply of space or a reduction of available space, the ability of the owner to provide adequate maintenance and insurance, energy costs, government regulations with respect to environmental, zoning, rent control and other matters, and real estate and other taxes. If the underlying borrowers cannot pay their mortgage loans, they may default and the lenders may foreclose on the property.

The ability of borrowers to repay mortgage loans underlying mortgage-backed securities will typically depend upon the future availability of financing and the stability of real estate values.  For mortgage loans not guaranteed by a government agency or other party, the only remedy of the lender in the event of a default is to foreclose upon the property.  If borrowers are not able or willing to pay the principal balance on the loans, there is a good chance that payments on the related mortgage-related securities will not be made. Certain borrowers on underlying mortgages may become subject to bankruptcy proceedings, in which case the value of the mortgage-backed securities may decline.

The residential real estate market in the United States continues to experience unprecedented upheaval.  Among other things, the value of residential real estate has decreased significantly.  This decrease in value has been more pronounced in some regions of the country but, overall, prices have dropped substantially.  These significant decreases have affected the value of both prime and subprime mortgage-backed securities, as payments of principal and interest on residential mortgages have varied due to foreclosures, job losses, and other factors.  As a result of these conditions, mortgage-backed securities have lost value, including the “senior” classes of those securities.  There can be no assurance of when, or if, the residential real estate market will stabilize or home prices will recover.  Accordingly, there can be no assurance that mortgage-backed securities will make payments of principal and interest at the times or in the amounts scheduled.

Asset-Backed Securities

The Fund may invest in asset-backed securities that, through the use of trusts and special purpose vehicles, are securitized with various types of assets, such as automobile receivables, credit card receivables and home-equity loans in pass- through structures similar to the mortgage-related securities described above.  In general, the collateral supporting asset-backed securities is of shorter maturity than the collateral supporting mortgage loans and is less likely to experience substantial prepayments.  However, asset-backed securities are not backed by any governmental agency.
 
 
B-31

 

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs, or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of principal and interest payments. Similar to investment companies such as the Fund, REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with several requirements of the Code. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses incurred by REITs in which the Fund invests in addition to the expenses incurred directly by the Fund.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the REITs, while mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of any credit extended. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and self-liquidation.

Investing in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in small capitalization companies. REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, small capitalization stocks, such as REITs, have had more price volatility than larger capitalization stocks.

REITs are subject to the possibilities of failing to qualify for the favorable federal income tax treatment generally available to them under the Code and failing to maintain their exemptions from registration under the 1940 Act. REITs (especially mortgage REITs) also are subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to decline. In contrast, as interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed-rate obligations.

Structured Investments

A structured investment is a security having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset class.  Structured investments generally are individually negotiated agreements and may be traded over-the-counter. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security.  This restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, on specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity or one or more classes of securities (“structured securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments.  The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued structured securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of such payments made with respect to structured securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments.  Because structured securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. Investments in structured securities are generally of a class of structured securities that is either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated structured securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated structured securities. Structured securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for structured securities. Investments in government and government-related and restructured debt instruments are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and requests to extend additional loan amounts. Certain issuers of structured investments may be deemed to be “investment companies” as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the Fund’s investment in these structured investments may be limited by the restrictions contained in the 1940 Act. Structured investments are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for Structured Investments.
 
 
B-32

 

When-Issued or Delayed-Delivery Securities

The Fund may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis.  For example, delivery of and payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of the purchase commitment.  The purchase price and the interest rate payable, if any, on the securities are fixed on the purchase commitment date or at the time the settlement date is fixed.  The value of such securities is subject to market fluctuations and, in the case of fixed income securities, no interest accrues to the Fund until settlement takes place.  When purchasing a security on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, the Fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations. Accordingly, at the time the Fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value and, if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from that date. At the time of its acquisition, a when-issued security may be valued at less than the purchase price.  The Fund will make commitments for such when-issued transactions only when it has the intention of actually acquiring the securities.  To facilitate such acquisitions, the Fund will maintain with the custodian a segregated account with liquid assets, consisting of cash, United States Government securities or other appropriate securities, in an amount at least equal to such commitments.  On delivery dates for such transactions, the Fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the securities held in the segregated account and/or from cash flow. If, however, the Fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a taxable capital gain or loss due to market fluctuation. Also, the Fund may be disadvantaged if the other party to the transaction defaults.  It is the current policy of the Fund not to enter into when- issued commitments exceeding in the aggregate 25% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets, less liabilities other than the obligations created by when-issued commitments.
 
 
B-33

 

Commodities and Commodity Contracts

The Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts and options; may enter into foreign exchange contracts; may enter into swap agreements and other financial transactions not requiring the delivery of physical commodities; may purchase or sell precious metals directly (metals are considered “commodities” under the federal commodities laws), and purchase or sell previous metal commodity contracts or options on such contracts in compliance with applicable commodities laws. Investing in commodities in this manner carries risks. The Fund may also invest in instruments related to commodities, including structured notes, securities of commodities finance and operating companies. The Fund’s exposure to the commodities markets may subject the Fund to greater volatility than investments in traditional securities. The value of commodity-linked instruments may be affected by changes in overall market movements, commodity index volatility, changes in interest rates, and other risks affecting a particular industry or commodity. The Fund will only invest in commodities that the Advisor believes can be readily liquidated.  The Fund will only invest in commodities that the Advisor believes can be readily liquidated.

Lending Portfolio Securities

Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the Fund’s investment restrictions, the Fund may lend portfolio securities to securities broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Fund (subject to notice provisions described below), and are at all times secured by cash or cash equivalents, which are maintained in a segregated account pursuant to applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive the income on the loaned securities while at the same time earns interest on the cash amounts deposited as collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Fund will not lend portfolio securities if such loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its shares are qualified for sale. The Fund’s loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and no loan will cause the value of all loaned securities to exceed 33 1/3% of the value of the Fund’s total assets.

A loan may generally be terminated by the borrower on one business day’s notice, or by the Fund on five business days’ notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within five days after receipt of notice or fails to maintain the requisite amount of collateral, the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Fund’s management to be creditworthy and when the income that can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. Upon termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund. Any gain or loss in the market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund. The risks associated with loans of portfolio securities are substantially similar to those associated with repurchase agreements. Thus, if the counterparty to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Fund’s ability to sell the collateral, and the Fund would suffer a loss. When voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would have a material effect on the Fund’s investment in such loaned securities. The Fund will pay reasonable finder’s, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.
 
 
B-34

 

Europe—Recent Events

A number of countries in Europe have experienced severe economic and financial difficulties. Many non-governmental issuers, and even certain governments, have defaulted on, or been forced to restructure, their debts; many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit or refinancing existing obligations; financial institutions have in many cases required government or central bank support, have needed to raise capital, and/or have been impaired in their ability to extend credit; and financial markets in Europe and elsewhere have experienced extreme volatility and declines in asset values and liquidity. These difficulties may continue, worsen or spread within and without Europe. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the Euro, the common currency of the European Union, and/or withdraw from the European Union. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching. Whether or not the Fund invests in securities of issuers located in Europe or with significant exposure to European issuers or countries, these events could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the Fund’s investments due to the interconnected nature of the global economy and capital markets. The Fund may also be susceptible to these events to the extent that the Fund invests in municipal obligations with credit support by non-U.S. financial institutions.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The Fund has adopted the following restrictions as fundamental policies, which may not be changed without the favorable “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund, as defined in the 1940 Act.  Under the 1940 Act, the “vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund means the vote of the holders of the lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of the Fund represented at a meeting at which the holders of more than 50% of its outstanding shares are represented or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.  The Fund’s investment objective is a non-fundamental policy and may be changed without shareholder approval.
 
The Fund may not:

1.
Issue senior securities, borrow money or pledge its assets, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from banks in amounts not exceeding one-third of its net assets (including the amount borrowed); and (ii) this restriction shall not prohibit the Fund from engaging in options transactions or short sales or investing in financial futures, swaps, when-issued or delayed delivery securities, or reverse repurchase agreements.
 
 
B-35

 

2.
Act as underwriter, except to the extent the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter in connection with the sale of securities in its investment portfolio;

3.
Invest 25% or more of its total assets, calculated at the time of purchase and taken at market value, in any one industry (other than securities issued by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities);

4.
Purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate or real estate limited partnerships (although the Fund may purchase and sell securities which are secured by real estate and securities of companies which invest or deal in real estate, such as real estate investment trusts (REITs);

5.
Make loans of money, except (a) for purchases of debt securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund, (b) by engaging in repurchase agreements or, (c) through the loan of portfolio securities in an amount up to 33 1/3% of the Fund’s net assets; or

6.
Purchase or sell commodities or commodity futures contracts (although the Fund may invest in financial futures and in companies involved in the production, extraction, or processing of agricultural, energy, base metals, precious metals, and other commodity-related products).

The Fund observes the following restriction as a matter of operating but not fundamental policy, pursuant to positions taken by federal regulatory authorities:

The Fund may not invest, in the aggregate, more than 15% of its net assets in securities with legal or contractual restrictions on resale, securities that are not readily marketable and repurchase agreements with more than seven days to maturity.

Except with respect to borrowing, if a percentage or rating restriction on investment or use of assets set forth herein or in the Prospectus is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentage resulting from any cause other than actions by the Fund will not be considered a violation.

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

Trustees and Officers

The overall management of the business and affairs of the Trust is vested with its Board of Trustees.  The Board approves all significant agreements between the Trust and persons or companies furnishing services to it, including the agreements with the Advisor, co-administrators, distributor, custodian and transfer agent.  The day-to-day operations of the Trust are delegated to its officers, except that the Advisor is responsible for making day-to-day investment decisions in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective, strategies, and policies, all of which are subject to general supervision by the Board.
 
 
B-36

 

The Trustees and officers of the Trust, their years of birth and positions with the Trust, term of office with the Trust and length of time served, their business addresses and principal occupations during the past five years and other directorships held during the past five years are listed in the table below.  Unless noted otherwise, each person has held the position listed for a minimum of five years. Thomas Knipper, Kathleen K. Shkuda, and Larry D. Tashjian are all of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust, as that term is defined in the 1940 Act (collectively, the “Independent Trustees”).

Name, Address, Year of Birth and Position(s) held with Trust
Term of Office c and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupation During the
Past Five Years and Other Affiliations
Number of Portfolios in the Fund Complex
Overseen by Trustee
Other Directorships Held by Trustee During the Past Five Years
“Independent” Trustees:
     
Thomas Knipper, CPA a
(Born 1957)
Trustee
Since September 2013
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Ameritas Investment Partners (1995 – present), a registered investment advisor.
[--]
None.
Kathleen K. Shkuda a   
(born 1951)
Trustee
Since September 2013
Zigzag Consulting, a financial services consulting firm (2008-present); Director, Managed Accounts, Merrill Lynch (2007 - 2008).
[--]
None.
Larry D. Tashjian a
(born 1953)
Trustee and Chairman of the Board
Since September 2013
Principal, CAM Capital Advisors (2001-present).
 
 
[--]
None.
Interested Trustees:
     
John P. Zader a †
(born 1961)
Trustee
Since September 2013
CEO, UMB Fund Services, Inc., a mutual and hedge fund service provider, and the transfer agent, fund accountant, co-administrator and custodian for the Funds, (2006-present).
[--]
Investment Managers Series Trust, a registered investment company.
Eric M. Banhazl b†
(born 1957)
Trustee and Vice President
 
Since September 2013
President, Mutual Fund Administration Corp, co-administrator for the Fund. (2006 – present).
[--]
  Investment Managers Series Trust, a registered investment company.
Officers of the Trust:
   
Terrance P. Gallagher, a
(born 1958)
Chief Executive Officer and President
Since September 2013
Executive Vice President, UMB Fund Services, Inc. (2007 – present); Director of Compliance, Unified Fund Services Inc. (2004 – 2007).
N/A
N/A
Rita Dam b
(born 1966)
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary
Since September 2013
Vice President, Mutual Fund Administration Corp. (2006 – present).
N/A
N/A
 
 
B-37

 
 
Name, Address, Year of Birth and Position(s) held with Trust
Term of Office c and Length of Time Served
Principal Occupation During the
Past Five Years and Other Affiliations
Number of Portfolios in the Fund Complex
Overseen by Trustee
Other Directorships Held by Trustee During the Past Five Years
Joy Ausili b
(born 1966)
Secretary and Assistant Treasurer
Since September 2013
Vice President, Mutual Fund Administration Corp. (2006 – present).
N/A
N/A
Martin Dziura b
(born 1959)
Chief Compliance Officer
Since September 2013
Managing Director, Cipperman Compliance Service (2010 to present); Chief Compliance Officer, Hanlon Investment Management
(2009 to 2010); Vice President − Compliance, Morgan Stanley Investment Management (2000 − 2009).
N/A
N/A

a
Address for certain Trustees and certain officers:  803 West Michigan Street, Milwaukee, WI  53233-2301.
b
Address for Mr. Banhazl, Ms. Ausili and Ms. Dam:  2220 E. Route 66, Suite 226, Glendora, CA  91740.  Address for Mr. Dziura:  500 Swedesford Road, Suite 104, Wayne, PA 19087.
c
Trustees and officers serve until their successors have been duly elected.
Mr. Zader is an "interested person" of the Trust by virtue of his position with UMB Fund Services, Inc., the transfer agent, fund accountant and co-administrator of the Fund and the Fund’s custodian, UMB Bank, n.a.  Mr. Banhazl is deemed to be an "interested person" of the Trust by virtue of his position with Mutual Fund Administration Corp., the Fund's co-administrator.

Compensation

Each Independent Trustee receives from the Trust a quarterly retainer of $4,000.  The Trust has no pension or retirement plan.  No other entity affiliated with the Trust pays any compensation to the Trustees. The compensation paid by the Trust to the Independent Trustees for the fiscal period ended _______ is set forth in the following table.

Name of Person/Position
Aggregate Compensation
From the Fund ($) 1
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of the Fund’s Expenses ($)
Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement ($)
Total Compensation from Trust (1   Fund) Paid to Trustees ($) 1
Independent Trustees:
       
Thomas Knipper, Trustee and Audit Committee Chair
________
None
None
________
Kathleen K. Shkuda, Trustee and Nominating Committee Chair
________
None
None
________
Larry D. Tashjian, Trustee, Chairman and Valuation Committee Chair
________
None
None
________

1
Estimated annual compensation for the first year.
 
 
B-38

 

Mr. Zader and Mr. Banhazl are not compensated for their services as Trustees because of their affiliation with the Trust.  Officers of the Trust are not compensated by the Fund for their services.

Additional Information Concerning the Board and the Trustees

The current Trustees were selected in September 2013 with a view towards establishing a Board that would have the broad experience needed to oversee a registered investment company comprised of multiple series employing a variety of different investment strategies. As a group, the Board has extensive experience in many different aspects of the financial services and asset management industries.
 
The Trustees were selected to join the Board based upon the following factors, among others: character and integrity; willingness to serve and willingness and ability to commit the time necessary to perform the duties of a Trustee; as to each Trustee other than Messrs. Banhazl and Zader, satisfying the criteria for not being classified as an “interested person” of the Trust as defined in the 1940 Act; and, as to Messrs. Banhazl and Zader, their positions with the Trust’s co-administrators.  In addition, the Trustees have the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and/or skills relevant to the operations of the Trust:
 
 
·
Mr. Knipper has substantial experience with respect to the operation, administration and compliance programs of mutual funds and as a senior executive with a registered investment advisor.

 
·
Ms. Shkuda has substantial experience in the investment management industry, including as a consultant with respect to operations and marketing of investment managers and distribution of mutual funds and other investment products.

 
·
Mr. Tashjian has extensive leadership experience in the investment management industry, including as a principal and a chief executive officer of registered investment advisors.

 
·
Mr. Banhazl has significant experience serving in senior executive and board positions for mutual funds and with respect to the organization and operation of mutual funds and multiple series trusts similar to the Trust.

 
·
Mr. Zader has substantial experience serving in senior executive positions at mutual fund administrative service providers.

In its periodic self-assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the Fund.  The summaries set forth above as to the qualifications, attributes and skills of the Trustees are required by the registration form adopted by the SEC, do not constitute holding out the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and do not impose any greater responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board as a whole than would otherwise be the case.
 
 
B-39

 

The Board of Trustees has three standing committees:  the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Governance Committee (the “Nominating Committee”), and the Valuation Committee.

 
·
The function of the Audit Committee, with respect to each series of the Trust, is to review the scope and results of the Trust’s annual audit and any matters bearing on the audit or the Fund’s financial statements and to assist the Board’s oversight of the integrity of the Fund’s pricing and financial reporting.  The Audit Committee is comprised of all of the Independent Trustees and is chaired by Mr. Knipper.  It does not include any Interested Trustees.  The Audit Committee is expected to meet at least twice a year with respect to each series of the Trust.  The Audit Committee is expected to meet at least twice   a year with respect to each series of the Trust.
 
 
·
The Audit Committee also serves as the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee (“QLCC”) for the Trust for the purpose of compliance with Rules 205.2(k) and 205.3(c) of the Code of Federal Regulations regarding alternative reporting procedures for attorneys retained or employed by an issuer who appear and practice before the SEC on behalf of the issuer.  The QLCC meets as needed.

 
·
The Nominating Committee is responsible for reviewing matters pertaining to composition, committees, and operations of the Board and meets from time to time as needed but at least annually. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees properly recommended by the Trust’s shareholders. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send nominations that include, among other things, biographical data and the qualifications of the proposed nominee to the Trust’s Secretary. The Independent Trustees comprise the Nominating Committee, and the Committee is chaired by Ms. Shkuda   The Nominating Committee meets as needed.

 
·
The function of the Valuation Committee is to value securities held by any series of the Trust for which current and reliable market quotations are not readily available.  Such securities are valued at their respective fair values as determined in good faith by the Valuation Committee and the actions of the Valuation Committee are subsequently reviewed by the Board.  The Valuation Committee is comprised of all the Trustees and is chaired by Mr. Tashjian, but action may be taken by any one of the Trustees .   The Valuation Committee meets as needed.  The Valuation Committee meets as needed.

Independent Trustees comprise 60% of the Board and Larry Tashjian, an Independent Trustee, serves as Chairperson of the Board.  The Chairperson serves as a key point person for dealings between the Trust’s management and the other Independent Trustees. As noted above, through the committees of the Board the Independent Trustees consider and address important matters involving each series of the Trust, including those presenting conflicts or potential conflicts of interest. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The Board has determined that its organization and leadership structure are appropriate in light of its fiduciary and oversight obligations, the special obligations of the Independent Trustees, and the relationship between the Interested Trustees and the Trust’s co-administrators.  The Board also believes that its structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from management.
 
 
B-40

 

Consistent with its responsibility for oversight of the Fund in the interests of shareholders, the Board among other things oversees risk management of the Fund’s investment programs and business affairs directly and through the Audit Committee.  The Board has emphasized to the Advisor the importance of maintaining vigorous risk management programs and procedures.

The Fund faces a number of risks, such as investment risk, valuation risk, reputational risk, risk of operational failure or lack of business continuity, and legal, compliance and regulatory risk.  Risk management seeks to identify and address risks, i.e., events or circumstances that could have material adverse effects on the business, operations, shareholder services, investment performance or reputation of the Fund.  Under the overall supervision of the Board, the Advisor, and other service providers to the Fund employ a variety of processes, procedures and controls to identify various of those possible events or circumstances, to lessen the probability of their occurrence and/or to mitigate the effects of such events or circumstances if they do occur.  Different processes, procedures and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks.  Various personnel, including the Fund’s CCO, the Advisor’s management, and other service providers (such as the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm) make periodic reports to the Board or to the Audit Committee with respect to various aspects of risk management.  The Board recognizes that not all risks that may affect the Fund can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve the Fund’s investment objective, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness.  Moreover, reports received by the Trustees as to risk management matters are typically summaries of the relevant information.  As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the Board’s risk management oversight is subject to substantial limitations.

Fund Shares Beneficially Owned by Trustees

Certain information regarding ownership by the Trustees of the Fund and other series of the Trust, as of _________ __, 20__, is set forth in the following table.

Name of Trustee
Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund ($)
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies ($)
Larry Tashjian, Independent Trustee
______
______
Kathy Shkuda, Independent Trustee
______
______
Thomas Knipper, Independent Trustee
______
______
John P. Zader, Interested Trustee
______
______
Eric M. Banhazl, Interested Trustee
______
______

Control Persons, Principal Shareholders, and Management Ownership

A principal shareholder is any person who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of the Fund.  A control person is one who owns beneficially or through controlled companies more than 25% of the voting securities of the Fund or acknowledges the existence of control.  Shareholders with a controlling interest could affect the outcome of voting or the direction of management of the Fund.  
 
 
B-41

 

As of __________ __, 20__, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group beneficially owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.  Furthermore, neither the Independent Trustees, nor members of their immediate families, own securities beneficially or of record in the Advisor, the Fund’s distributor, IMST Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), or any of their respective affiliates.  Accordingly, neither the Independent Trustees nor members of their immediate families, have direct or indirect interest, the value of which exceeds $120,000, in the Advisor, the Distributor or any of their affiliates.

The Advisor

Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC, located at 45 East Putnam Avenue, Suite 124, Greenwich, CT 06830, acts as investment advisor to the Fund pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”).  The Advisor is 90% owned by its employees and certain family trusts. Alan E. Hart and The Guy and Kelly Benstead Family Trust each own more than 25% of the Advisor.

Subject to such policies as the Board of Trustees may determine, the Advisor is ultimately responsible for investment decisions for the Fund.  Pursuant to the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor provides the Fund with such investment advice and supervision as it deems necessary for the proper supervision of the Fund’s investments.  The Advisor also continuously monitors and maintains the Fund’s investment criteria and determines from time to time what securities may be purchased by the Fund.

The Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for an initial two-year period.  After the initial two-year period, the Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities and by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any such party, at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on the Advisory Agreement.  The Advisory Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust on behalf of the Fund, upon giving the Advisor 60 days’ notice when authorized either by a majority vote of the Fund’s shareholders or by a vote of a majority of the Board, or by the Advisor on 60 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).  The Advisory Agreement provides that the Advisor shall not be liable for any error of judgment or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the Advisory Agreement, except for a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, or for a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard by the Advisor of its duties under the Advisory Agreement.

In consideration of the services to be provided by the Advisor pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor is entitled to receive from the Fund an investment advisory fee computed daily and paid monthly based on an annual rate equal to a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets specified in the Prospectus.
 
 
B-42

 

Fund Expenses

The Fund is responsible for its own operating expenses (all of which will be borne directly or indirectly by the Fund’s shareholders), including among others, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Fund and the Fund’s independent trustees; insurance (including trustees’ and officers’ errors and omissions insurance); auditing and accounting expenses; taxes and governmental fees; listing fees; dues and expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; fees and expenses of the Fund’s custodians, administrators, transfer agents, registrars and other service providers; expenses for portfolio pricing services by a pricing agent, if any; expenses in connection with the issuance and offering of shares; expenses relating to investor and public relations; expenses of registering or qualifying securities of the Fund for public sale; brokerage commissions and other costs of acquiring or disposing of any portfolio holding of the Fund; expenses of preparation and distribution of reports, notices and dividends to shareholders; expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan; compensation and expenses of trustees; any litigation expenses; and costs of shareholders’ and other meetings.

The Advisor has contractually agreed to waive its fees and/or pay for operating expenses of the Fund to ensure that the total annual fund operating expenses (excluding, as applicable, any taxes, leverage interest, brokerage commissions, dividend and interest expenses on short sales,   acquired fund fees and expenses (as determined in accordance with Form N-1A), expenses incurred in connection with any merger or reorganization, and extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses)   do not exceed 1.74% and 1.49% of the average daily net assets of Investor Class and Institutional Class shares of the Fund, respectively.  This agreement is effective until _____ __, 20__, and it may be terminated before that date only by the Board of Trustees.

Any reduction in advisory fees or payment of the Fund’s expenses made by the Advisor in a fiscal year may be reimbursed by the Fund for a period of three years from the date of reduction or payment if the Advisor so requests.  This reimbursement may be requested from the Fund if the aggregate amount of operating expenses for such fiscal year, as accrued each month, does not exceed the lesser of (a) the limitation on Fund expenses in effect at the time of the relevant reduction in advisory fees or payment of the Fund’s expenses, or (b) the limitation on Fund expenses at the time of the request.  The Advisor may seek reimbursement in an amount up to the difference between the operating expenses of the Fund at the time of the request and the lesser of (a) the limitation on Fund expenses in effect at the time of the relevant reduction in advisory fees or payment of the Fund’s expenses, or (b) the limitation on Fund expenses at the time of the request.  However, the reimbursement amount may not exceed the total amount of fees waived and/or Fund expenses paid by the Advisor and will not include any amounts previously reimbursed to the Advisor by the Fund.  Any such reimbursement is contingent upon the Board’s subsequent review and ratification of the reimbursed amounts and no reimbursement may cause the total operating expenses paid by the Fund in a fiscal year to exceed the applicable limitation on Fund expenses.  The Fund must pay current ordinary operating expenses before the Advisor is entitled to any reimbursement of fees and/or Fund expenses.

Portfolio Managers

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Managers . As of August 31, 2013,   information on other accounts managed by the Fund’s portfolio managers is as follows.
 
 
B-43

 
 
Alan E. Hart
     
     
With Advisory Fee based on performance
Type of Accounts
Number of
Accounts
Total
Assets ($)
Number of
Accounts
Total
Assets ($)
Registered Investment Companies
1
$527 mil
0
$0
Other Pooled Investments
2
$69 mil
2
$69 mil
Other Accounts
15
$52 mil
3
$44 mil

Jeffrey A. Rosenkranz
     
     
With Advisory Fee based on performance
Type of Accounts
Number of
Accounts
Total
Assets ($)
Number of
Accounts
Total
Assets ($)
Registered Investment Companies
1
$527 mil
0
$0
Other Pooled Investments
2
$69 mil
2
$69 mil
Other Accounts
0
$-- mil
0
$-- mil

David S. Falk
     
     
With Advisory Fee based on performance
Type of Accounts
Number of
Accounts
Total
Assets ($)
Number of
Accounts
Total
Assets ($)
Registered Investment Companies
1
$527 mil
0
$0
Other Pooled Investments
2
$69 mil
2
$69 mil
Other Accounts
15
$52 mil
3
$44 mil
 
Guy J. Benstead
     
     
With Advisory Fee based on performance
Type of Accounts
Number of
Accounts
Total
Assets ($)
Number of
Accounts
Total
Assets ($)
Registered Investment Companies
1
$527 mil
0
$0
Other Pooled Investments
2
$69 mil
2
$69 mil
Other Accounts
0
$– 0
0
$– 0

Jeffery M. Hudson
     
     
With Advisory Fee based on performance
Type of Accounts
Number of
Accounts
Total
Assets ($)
Number of
Accounts
Total
Assets ($)
Registered Investment Companies
0
$0
0
$0
Other Pooled Investments
2
$69 mil
2
$69 mil
Other Accounts
15
$52 mil
3
$44 mil

Material Conflicts of Interest .  Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to more than one fund or other account.  Where conflicts of interest arise between the Fund and other accounts managed by the portfolio manager, the Advisor will proceed in a manner that ensures that the Fund will not be treated less favorably.  There may be instances where similar portfolio transactions may be executed for the same security for numerous accounts managed by the portfolio managers.  In such instances, securities will be allocated in accordance with the Advisor’s trade allocation policy.
 
 
B-44

 

Compensation .  The portfolio managers receive a fixed annual salary and discretionary bonus based upon the profitability of the firm.  Mr. Hart, Mr. Benstead, Mr. Hudson, and Mr. Falk each is an equity owner of the firm and derives a portion of their income according to shares in the firm’s profits.  The portfolio managers’ compensation arrangements are not determined on the basis of specific funds or accounts managed.

Ownership of the Fund by the Portfolio Manager .  The following chart sets forth the dollar range of Fund shares owned by each   portfolio manager in the Fund as of the date of this SAI.

Name of Portfolio Manager
Dollar Range of Fund Shares Owned
(None, $1-$10,000, $10,001-$50,000, $50,001-$100,000, $100,001 - $500,000, $500,001 - $1,000,000, Over $1,000,000)
Alan E. Hart
None
Jeffrey A. Rosenkranz
None
David S. Falk
None
Guy J. Benstead
None
Jeffery M. Hudson
None

Service Providers
Pursuant to a Co-Administration Agreement (the “Co-Administration Agreement”), UMB Fund Services, Inc. (“UMBFS”), 803 W. Michigan Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233, and Mutual Fund Administration Corporation (“MFAC”), 2220 E. Route 66, Suite 226, Glendora, California 91740 (collectively the “Co-Administrators”), act as co-administrators for the Fund.  The Co-Administrators provide certain administrative services to the Fund, including, among other responsibilities, coordinating the negotiation of contracts and fees with, and the monitoring of performance and billing of, the Fund’s independent contractors and agents; preparing for signature by an officer of the Trust of all documents required to be filed for compliance with applicable laws and regulations including those of the securities laws of various states; arranging for the computation of performance data, including net asset value and yield; arranging for the maintenance of books and records of the Fund; and providing, at their own expense, office facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to carry out their duties.  In this capacity, the Co-Administrators do not have any responsibility or authority for the management of the Fund, the determination of investment policy, or for any matter pertaining to the distribution of Fund shares.  The Co-Administration Agreement provides that neither Co-Administrator shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust or its series, except for losses resulting from a Co-Administrator’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its obligations and duties under the Agreement.
 
 
B-45

 

As compensation for their services, the Fund pays the Co-Administrators an administration fee payable monthly at the annual rate set forth below as a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets:
 
Net Assets
Rate
First $150 million
0.10%
Next $100 million
0.08%
Thereafter
0.05%

Because the Fund is a newly formed fund and has yet to commence operations, the Fund has not paid any fees to the Co-Administrators as of the date of this SAI.

UMBFS also acts as the Trust’s fund accountant, transfer agent and dividend disbursing agent pursuant to separate agreements.

UMB Bank, n.a. (the “Custodian”), an affiliate of UMBFS, is the custodian of the assets of the Fund pursuant to a custody agreement between the Custodian and the Trust, whereby the Custodian provides services for fees on a transactional basis plus out-of-pocket expenses.   The Custodian also serves as the custodian of the assets of the Subsidiary.   The Custodian’s address is 928 Grand Boulevard, Kansas City, Missouri  64106.  The Custodian does not participate in decisions pertaining to the purchase and sale of securities by the Fund.

 [ __________ ] is the independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund.  Its services include auditing the Fund’s financial statements and the performance of related tax services.

Bingham McCutchen LLP (“Bingham”), 355 South Grand Avenue, Suite 4400, Los Angeles, California 90071, serves as counsel to the Trust and provides counsel on legal matters relating to the Fund.  Bingham also serves as independent legal counsel to the Board of Trustees.

Distribution Agreement

IMST Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) is the distributor (also known as the principal underwriter) of the shares of the Fund and is located at Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101.  The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA”). The Distributor is not affiliated with the Trust, the Advisor   or any other service provider for the Fund.

Under a Distribution Agreement with the Trust dated [ , ] (the “Distribution Agreement”), the Distributor acts as the agent of the Trust in connection with the continuous offering of shares of the Fund.  The Distributor continually distributes shares of the Fund on a best efforts basis.  The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of Fund shares.  The Distributor and its officers have no role in determining the investment policies or which securities are to be purchased or sold by the Trust.

The Distributor may enter into agreements with selected broker-dealers, banks or other financial intermediaries for distribution of shares of the Fund.  With respect to certain financial intermediaries and related fund “supermarket” platform arrangements, the Fund and/or the Advisor, rather than the Distributor, typically enter into such agreements.  These financial intermediaries may charge a fee for their services and may receive shareholder service or other fees from parties other than the Distributor.  These financial intermediaries may otherwise act as processing agents and are responsible for promptly transmitting purchase, redemption and other requests to the Fund.
 
 
B-46

 

Investors who purchase shares through financial intermediaries will be subject to the procedures of those intermediaries through which they purchase shares, which may include charges, investment minimums, cutoff times and other restrictions in addition to, or different from, those listed herein.  Information concerning any charges or services will be provided to customers by the financial intermediary through which they purchase shares.  Investors purchasing shares of the Fund through financial intermediaries should acquaint themselves with their financial intermediary’s procedures and should read the Prospectus in conjunction with any materials and information provided by their financial intermediary.  The financial intermediary, and not its customers, will be the shareholder of record, although customers may have the right to vote shares depending upon their arrangement with the financial intermediary.  The Distributor does not receive compensation from the Fund for its distribution services except the distribution/service fees with respect to the shares of those classes for which a Rule 12b-1 distribution plan is effective.  The Advisor pays the Distributor a fee for certain distribution-related services.

The Distribution Agreement has an initial term of up to two years and will continue in effect only if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Board or by vote of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities in accordance with the 1940 Act.  The Distribution Agreement is terminable without penalty by the Trust on behalf of the Fund on no less than 60 days’ written notice when authorized either by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund or by vote of a majority of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Agreement, or by the Distributor, and will automatically terminate in the event of its “assignment” (as defined in the 1940 Act).  The Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Trust in connection with the performance of the Distributor’s obligations and duties under the Distribution Agreement, except a loss resulting from the Distributor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of such duties and obligations, or by reason of its reckless disregard thereof.

Rule 12b-1 Plan

The Trust has adopted a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act (the “12b-1 Plan”) that provides for fees payable to the Distributor as an expense of the Fund that are used by the Distributor to pay for distribution of  Investor Class shares.  The 12b-1 Plan provides alternative methods for paying sales charges and may help the Fund grow or maintain asset levels to provide operational efficiencies and economies of scale.  The 12b-1 Plan also provides for post-sales servicing to holders of Investor Class shares.  Because 12b-1 fees are paid out of Fund assets attributable to Investor Class shares on an ongoing basis, they will, over time, increase the cost of an investment and may cost more than other types of sales charges.
 
 
B-47

 

The 12b-1 Plan provides that the distribution fees paid by Investor Class shares of a Fund may be used to pay for any expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of such Class, including, but not limited to: (a) costs of payments, including incentive compensation, made to agents for and consultants to the Distributor, including pension administration firms that provide distribution services and broker-dealers that engage in the distribution of the shares of such Class of the Fund; (b) payments made to, and expenses of, persons who provide support services in connection with the distribution of shares of such Class of the Fund; (c) payments made pursuant to any dealer agreements between the Distributor and certain broker-dealers, financial institutions and other service providers with respect to such Class of the Fund; (d) costs relating to the formulation and implementation of marketing and promotional activities; (e) costs of printing and distributing prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports of the Fund to prospective shareholders of such Class of the Fund; (f) costs involved in preparing, printing and distributing sales literature pertaining to such Class of the Fund; and (g) costs involved in obtaining such information, analyses and reports with respect to marketing and promotional activities that the Trust may deem advisable with respect to such Class of the Fund.

The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to materially increase the amount to be paid by the Fund‘s Investor Class shares for distribution services without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such shares.  The 12b-1 Plan shall continue in effect indefinitely with respect to a Class, provided that such continuance is approved at least annually by a vote of a majority of the Trustees, including the Independent Trustees, cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose or by vote of at least a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Class.  The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to a Class at any time without penalty by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of such Class.

If the 12b-1 Plan is terminated for the Fund‘s Investor Class shares in accordance with its terms, the obligation of the Fund to make payments pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan with respect to such Class will cease and the Fund will not be required to make any payments past the termination date. Thus, there will be no legal obligation for the Fund to make any payments other than for fees already payable under the 12b-1 Plan, if the 12b-1 Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms for any reason.

Shareholder Service Plan

The Board has adopted, on behalf of the Fund, a Shareholder Service Plan (the “Service Plan”) under which the Advisor will provide, or arrange for others (such as banks, trust companies, broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries (each, a “Service Organization”)) to provide, certain specified non-distribution shareholder servicing functions for Fund shares owned by its respective customers. The Fund will pay the Advisor or Service Organizations, as applicable, at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets, payable monthly.
 
Marketing and Support Payments

The Advisor, out of its own resources and without additional cost to the Fund or its shareholders, may provide cash payments or other compensation to certain financial intermediaries who sell shares of the Fund. These payments are in addition to other fees described in the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI, and are generally provided for shareholder services or marketing support.  Payments for marketing support are typically for inclusion of the Fund on sales lists, including electronic sales platforms.  Investors may wish to take these payments into account when considering and evaluating recommendations to purchase shares of the Fund.
 
 
B-48

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor determines which securities are to be purchased and sold by the Fund and which broker-dealers are eligible to execute the Fund’s portfolio transactions.  The purchases and sales of securities in the over-the-counter market will generally be executed by using a broker for the transaction.

Purchases of portfolio securities for the Fund also may be made directly from issuers or from underwriters.  Where possible, purchase and sale transactions will be effected through dealers (including banks) that specialize in the types of securities which the Fund will be holding unless better executions are available elsewhere.  Dealers and underwriters usually act as principals for their own accounts.  Purchases from underwriters will include a concession paid by the issuer to the underwriter and purchases from dealers will include the spread between the bid and the asked price.  If the execution and price offered by more than one dealer or underwriter are comparable, the order may be allocated to a dealer or underwriter that has provided research or other services as discussed below.

In placing portfolio transactions, the Advisor will use reasonable efforts to choose broker-dealers capable of providing the services necessary to obtain the most favorable price and execution available.  The full range and quality of services available will be considered in making these determinations, such as the size of the order, the difficulty of execution, the operational facilities of the broker-dealer involved, the risk in positioning the block of securities, and other factors.  In those instances where it is reasonably determined that more than one broker-dealer can offer the services needed to obtain the most favorable price and execution available, consideration may be given to those broker-dealers which furnish or supply research and statistical information to the Advisor that they may lawfully and appropriately use in their investment advisory capacities, as well as provide other services in addition to execution services.  The Advisor considers such information, which is in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be performed by it under its Advisory Agreement   with the Fund, to be useful in varying degrees, but of indeterminable value.

While it is the Fund’s general policy to seek to obtain the most favorable price and execution available in selecting a broker-dealer to execute portfolio transactions for the Fund, weight is also given to the ability of a broker-dealer to furnish brokerage and research services as defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,   to the Fund or to the Advisor, even if the specific services are not directly useful to the Fund and may be useful to the Advisor in advising other clients.  In negotiating commissions with a broker or evaluating the spread to be paid to a dealer, the Fund may therefore pay a higher commission or spread than would be the case if no weight were given to the furnishing of these supplemental services, provided that the amount of such commission or spread has been determined in good faith by the Advisor to be reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by such broker-dealer.  The standard of reasonableness is to be measured in light of the Advisor’s overall responsibilities to the Fund.
 
 
B-49

 

Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of other client accounts that may be managed or advised by the Advisor.  Nevertheless, it is possible that at times, identical securities will be acceptable for both the Fund and one or more of such client accounts.  In such event, the position of the Fund and such client accounts in the same issuer may vary and the holding period may likewise vary.  However, to the extent any of these client accounts seek to acquire the same security as the Fund at the same time, the Fund may not be able to acquire as large a position in such security as it desires, or it may have to pay a higher price or obtain a lower yield for such security.  Similarly, the Fund may not be able to obtain as high a price for, or as large an execution of, an order to sell any particular security at the same time as the Advisor’s other client accounts.

The Fund does not effect securities transactions through brokers in accordance with any formula, nor does it effect securities transactions through brokers for selling shares of the Fund.  However, broker-dealers who execute brokerage transactions may effect purchase of shares of the Fund for their customers.  The brokers may also supply the Fund with research, statistical and other services.
 
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
 
Although the Fund generally will not invest for short-term trading purposes, portfolio securities may be sold without regard to the length of time they have been held when, in the opinion of the Advisor, investment considerations warrant such action.  Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing (1) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by (2) the monthly average of the value of portfolio securities owned during the fiscal year.  A 100% turnover rate would occur if all the securities in the Fund’s portfolio, with the exception of securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less, were sold and either repurchased or replaced within one year.  A high rate of portfolio turnover (100% or more) generally leads to higher transaction costs and may result in a greater number of taxable transactions.  To the extent net short-term capital gains are realized, any distributions resulting from such gains will be taxed at ordinary income tax rates for federal income tax purposes.

The Fund is newly-created and, as a result, does not yet have a portfolio turnover rate.

PROXY VOTING POLICY
 
The Board has adopted Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Policies”) on behalf of the Trust, which delegates the responsibility for voting the Fund’s proxies to the Advisor, as applicable, subject to the Board’s continuing oversight.  The Policies require that the Advisor   vote proxies received in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Fund.  The Policies also require the Advisor   to present to the Board, at least annually, the Advisor’s   Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures (“Proxy Policies”) and a record of each proxy voted by the Advisor behalf of the Fund, including a report on the resolution of all proxies identified by the Advisor as involving a conflict of interest.  See Appendix B for the Advisor’s   Proxy Voting Policies and Guidelines.  The Proxy Policies are intended to serve as a guideline and to further the economic value of each security held by the Fund.  The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) will review the Proxy Policies on a regular basis.  Each proxy will be considered individually, taking into account the relevant circumstances at the time of each vote.
 
 
B-50

 

If a proxy proposal raises a material conflict between the Advisor’s   interests and the Fund’s interests, the Advisor   will resolve the conflict by following the Advisor’s   policy guidelines or the recommendation of an independent third party.

The Fund is required to annually file Form N-PX, which lists the Fund’s complete proxy voting record for the 12-month period ending June 30 th each year.  Once filed, the Fund’s proxy voting record will be available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-___-______ -____ and on the SEC’s web site at www.sec.gov.

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING PROGRAM
 
The Trust has established an Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Program (the “Program”) as required by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA PATRIOT Act”).  In order to ensure compliance with this law, the Program provides for the development and implementation of internal practices, procedures and controls, designation of anti-money laundering compliance officers, an ongoing training program and an independent audit function to determine the effectiveness of the Program.

Procedures to implement the Program include, but are not limited to, determining that the Distributor and Transfer Agent have established proper anti-money laundering procedures, reporting suspicious and/or fraudulent activity, checking shareholder names against designated government lists, including Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), and a complete and thorough review of all new opening account applications.  The Trust will not transact business with any person or entity whose identity cannot be adequately verified under the provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act.

PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS INFORMATION

The Trust has adopted policies and procedures regarding disclosure of portfolio holdings information (the “Disclosure Policy”).  The Board of Trustees determined that the adoption of the Disclosure Policy, including the disclosure permitted therein, was in the best interests of the Trust.  The Disclosure Policy applies to the Fund, Advisor   and other internal parties involved in the administration, operation or custody of the Fund, including, but not limited to UMBFS, MFAC, the Board of Trustees, counsel to the Trust and Independent Trustees, Bingham McCutchen LLP, and the Fund’s independent registered public accounting firm, [ _________ ] (collectively, the “Service Providers”).  Pursuant to the Disclosure Policy, non-public information concerning the Fund’s portfolio holdings may be disclosed to its Service Providers only if such disclosure is consistent with the antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws and the fiduciary duties owed by the Fund and the Advisor to the Fund’s shareholders.  The Fund and its Service Providers may not receive compensation or any other consideration (which includes any agreement to maintain assets in the Fund or in other investment companies or accounts managed by the Advisor   or any affiliated person of the Advisor) in connection with the disclosure of portfolio holdings information of the Fund.  The Fund’s Disclosure Policy is implemented and overseen by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust, subject to the oversight of the Board of Trustees.  Periodic reports regarding these procedures will be provided to the Trust’s Board.
 
 
B-51

 

Portfolio holdings information will be deemed public when it has been (1) posted to the Fund’s public website (www._________.com) or (2) disclosed in periodic regulatory filings on the SEC’s website (www.sec.gov).  In addition, management of the Fund may make publicly available its portfolio holdings by making such information available to any person who calls the Fund’s toll-free number at 1-___-____-_____ , no earlier than five days after the date of such information (e.g., information as of January 31 may be made available no earlier than February 5).   Once available in this manner, such portfolio holdings information will also be deemed to be public.

Non-Public Portfolio Holdings Information Policy .  All portfolio holdings information that has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally as described above is considered non-public portfolio holdings information for the purposes of the Disclosure Policy.  Pursuant to the Disclosure Policy, the Fund or its Service Providers may disclose non-public portfolio holdings information to certain third parties who fall within pre-authorized categories on a daily basis, with no lag time unless otherwise specified below.  These third parties include: (i) the Fund’s Service Providers and others who need access to such information in the performance of their contractual or other duties and responsibilities to the Fund (e.g., custodians, accountants, the Advisor, administrators, attorneys, officers and Trustees) and who are subject to duties of confidentiality imposed by law or contract, (ii) brokers who execute trades for the Fund, (iii) evaluation service providers (as described below) and (iv) shareholders requesting in-kind redemptions (as described below).

Evaluation Service Providers .  These third parties include mutual fund evaluation services, such as Morningstar, Inc. and Lipper, Inc., if the Fund has a legitimate business purpose for disclosing the information, provided that the third party expressly agrees to maintain the non-public portfolio holdings information in confidence and not to trade portfolio securities based on the non-public portfolio holdings information.  Subject to the terms and conditions of any agreement between the Fund or its authorized service providers and the third party, if these conditions for disclosure are satisfied, there shall be no restriction on the frequency with which the Fund’s non-public portfolio holdings information is released, and no lag period shall apply.  In addition, persons who owe a duty of trust or confidence to the Fund or its Service Providers (such as legal counsel) may receive non-public portfolio holdings information without entering into a non-disclosure agreement.

Shareholder In-Kind Distributions .  The Fund’s shareholders may, in some circumstances, elect to redeem their shares of the Fund in exchange for their pro rata share of the securities held by the Fund.  In such circumstances, pursuant to the Disclosure Policy, Fund shareholders may receive a complete listing of the portfolio holdings of the Fund up to seven (7) calendar days prior to making the redemption request provided that they represent orally or in writing that they agree to maintain the confidentiality of the portfolio holdings information and not to trade portfolio securities based on the non-public holdings information..

Other Entities .  Pursuant to the Disclosure Policy, the Fund or the Advisor may disclose non-public portfolio holdings information to a third party who does not fall within the pre-approved categories, and who are not executing broker-dealers; however, prior to the receipt of any non-public portfolio holdings information by such third party, the recipient must have entered into a non-disclosure agreement and the disclosure arrangement must have been approved by the Chief Compliance Officer of the Trust.  The Chief Compliance Officer will report to the Board of Trustees on a quarterly basis regarding any recipients of non-public portfolio holdings information approved pursuant to this paragraph.  There are no other ongoing arrangements as of the date of this SAI.
 
 
B-52

 

Current Arrangements Regarding Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings   As of the date of this SAI, the Trust or the Fund has ongoing business arrangements with the following entities which involve making portfolio holdings information available to such entities as an incidental part of the services they provide to the Trust: (i) the Advisor, the Trust's Co-Administrators and UMB Bank, n.a. (the “Custodian”) pursuant to investment management, administration and custody agreements, respectively, under which the Trust’s portfolio holdings information is provided daily on a real-time basis (i.e. with no time lag); (ii) [ ] (independent registered public accounting firm), Bingham McCutchen LLP (attorneys) and other professionals engaged by the Trust to whom the Trust provides portfolio holdings information on a regular basis with varying lag times after the date of the information, and [(iii)] Morningstar, Inc., Lipper Inc., Thomson Financial, Vickers Stock Research Corporation, and Bloomberg L.P., to which the Fund’s portfolio holdings information is provided quarterly after the end of the previous fiscal quarter, with a 60-day time lag and no earlier than the date such information is filed on the SEC’s EDGAR system on Form N-Q (for the first and third fiscal quarters) or the Annual or Semi-Annual Report is mailed to shareholders (for the second and fourth fiscal quarters), as applicable.
 
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
 
The NAV of the Fund’s shares will fluctuate and is determined as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) (generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) each business day.  The NAV may be calculated earlier if trading on the NYSE is restricted or if permitted by the SEC.  The NYSE annually announces the days on which it will not be open for trading.  The most recent announcement indicates that the NYSE will not be open for the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  However, the NYSE may close on days not included in that announcement.

The NAV of each class is computed by dividing (a) the difference between the value of the Fund’s securities, cash and other assets and the amount of the Fund’s expenses and liabilities attributable to the class by (b) the number of shares outstanding in that class (assets – liabilities / # of shares = NAV).  Each NAV takes into account all of the expenses and fees of that class of the Fund, including management fees and administration fees, which are accrued daily.]

Net Assets
=
NAV
Shares Outstanding

An example of how the Fund calculated the NAV as of __________ __, 20__ is as follows:

Investor Class Shares
$_____
=
$_____
_____
 
 
B-53

 

Institutional Class Shares
$_____
=
$_____
_____

Generally, the Fund’s investments are valued at market value or, in the absence of a market value, at fair value as determined in good faith by the Advisor and the Trust’s Valuation Committee pursuant to procedures approved by or under the direction of the Board.  Pursuant to those procedures, the Board considers, among other things: 1) the last sale price on the securities exchange, if any, on which a security is primarily traded; 2) the mean between the bid and ask prices; 3) price quotations from an approved pricing service, and 4) other factors as necessary to determine a fair value under certain circumstances.

The Fund’s securities which are traded on securities exchanges are valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which such securities are traded, as of the close of business on the day the securities are being valued or, lacking any reported sales, at the mean between the last available bid and ask prices.

Securities that are traded on more than one exchange are valued on the exchange determined by the Advisor to be the primary market.  Securities primarily traded in the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”), National Market System for which market quotations are readily available shall be valued using the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”).  If the NOCP is not available, such securities shall be valued at the last sale price on the day of valuation, or if there has not been any sale on such day, at the mean between the bid and ask prices.  Over-the-counter (“OTC”) securities which are not traded in the NASDAQ National Market System shall be valued at the most recent trade price.

Stocks that are “thinly traded” or events occurring when a foreign market is closed but the NYSE is open (for example, the value of a security held by the Fund has been materially affected by events occurring after the close of the exchange or market on which the security is principally traded) may create a situation where a market quote would not be readily available.  When a market quote is not readily available, the security’s value is based on “fair value” as determined by procedures adopted by the Board.  The Board will periodically review the reliability of the Fund’s fair value methodology.  The Fund may hold portfolio securities, such as those traded on foreign securities exchanges that trade on weekends or other days when the Fund’s shares are not priced.  Therefore, the value of the Fund’s shares may change on days when shareholders will not be able to purchase or redeem shares.

Short-term debt obligations with remaining maturities in excess of 60 days are valued at current market prices, as discussed above.  Short-term securities with 60 days or less remaining to maturity are, unless conditions indicate otherwise, amortized to maturity based on their cost to the Fund if acquired within 60 days of maturity or, if already held by the Fund on the 60 th  day, based on the value determined on the 61 st  day.

All other assets of the Fund are valued in such manner as the Board in good faith deems appropriate to reflect as their fair value.
 
 
B-54

 

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF FUND SHARES

Detailed information on the purchase and redemption of shares is included in the Fund’s Prospectus.  Shares of the Fund are sold at the next offering price calculated after receipt of an order for purchase.  In order to purchase shares of the Fund, you must invest the initial minimum investment for the relevant class of shares.  However, the Fund reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to waive the minimum initial investment amount for certain investors, or to waive or reduce the minimum initial investment for 401(k) plans or other tax-deferred retirement plans.  You may purchase shares on any day that the NYSE is open for business by placing orders with the Fund.

The Fund reserves the right to refuse any purchase requests, particularly those that would not be in the best interests of the Fund or its shareholders and could adversely affect the Fund or its operations.  This includes those from any individual or group who, in the Fund’s view, is likely to engage in or has a history of excessive trading (usually defined as more than four round-trip transactions out of the Fund within a calendar year).  Furthermore, the Fund may suspend the right to redeem its shares or postpone the date of payment upon redemption for more than seven calendar days (i) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary weekend or holiday closings) or trading on the NYSE is restricted;  (ii) for any period during which an emergency exists affecting the sale of the Fund’s securities or making such sale or the fair determination of the value of the Fund’s net assets not reasonably practicable; or  (iii) for such other periods as the SEC may permit for the protection of the Fund’s shareholders.   In addition, shares are purchased using a check and a redemption is requested before the check has cleared, the Fund may postpone payment of the redemption proceeds up to 15 days while the Fund waits for the check to clear.

Redemptions In Kind

The Trust has filed an election under SEC Rule 18f-1 committing to pay in cash all redemptions by a shareholder of record up to amounts specified by the rule (the lesser of (i) $250,000 or (ii) 1% of the Fund’s assets).  The Fund has reserved the right to pay the redemption price of its shares in excess of the amounts specified by the rule, either totally or partially, by an in-kind distribution of portfolio securities (instead of cash).  The securities so distributed would be valued at the same amounts as those assigned to them in calculating the NAV for the Fund shares being redeemed.  If a shareholder receives an in-kind distribution, the shareholder could incur brokerage or other charges in converting the securities to cash.

The Fund does not intend to hold any significant percentage of its portfolio in illiquid securities, although the Fund, like virtually all mutual funds, may from time to time hold a small percentage of securities that are illiquid.  In the unlikely event the Fund were to elect to make an in-kind redemption, the Fund expects that it would follow the normal protocol of making such distribution by way of a pro rata distribution based on its entire portfolio. If the Fund held illiquid securities, such distribution may contain a pro rata portion of such illiquid securities or the Fund may determine, based on a materiality assessment, not to include illiquid securities in the in-kind redemption. The Fund does not anticipate that it would ever selectively distribute a greater than pro rata portion of any illiquid securities to satisfy a redemption request. If such securities are included in the distribution, shareholders may not be able to liquidate such securities and may be required to hold such securities indefinitely. Shareholders’ ability to liquidate such securities distributed in-kind may be restricted by resale limitations or substantial restrictions on transfer imposed by the issuers of the securities or by law. Shareholders may only be able to liquidate such securities distributed in-kind at a substantial discount from their value, and there may be higher brokerage costs associated with any subsequent disposition of these securities by the recipient.

 
B-55

 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX MATTERS

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal (and, where noted, state and local) income tax considerations affecting the Fund and its shareholders. The discussion is very general. Current and prospective shareholders are therefore urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund is treated as a separate entity from other series of the Trust for federal income tax purposes.  The Fund intends to elect to be treated and intends to qualify each year to be taxed as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code by complying with all applicable requirements of the Code, including, among other things, requirements as to the sources of the Fund’s income, diversification of the Fund’s assets and timing of Fund distributions.  To so qualify, the Fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. Government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, in the securities (other than the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.”

As a regulated investment company, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement.  In order to avoid liability for federal excise tax, the Fund must distribute (or be deemed to have distributed) by December 31 of each calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for such year, (ii) 98.2% of the excess of its realized capital gains over its realized capital losses for the 12-month period ending on October 31 during such year and (iii) any amounts from the prior calendar year that were not distributed and on which the Fund paid no federal income tax.  The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate tax rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.  The Fund’s policy is to distribute to its shareholders all investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and any net capital gains for each fiscal year in a manner that complies with the distribution requirements of the Code, so that the Fund will not be subject to any federal income or excise taxes.
 
 
B-56

 

If, for any taxable year, the Fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company or to meet certain minimum distribution requirements under the Code, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders would not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income.  In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the Fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for federal income tax purposes.  However, such dividends would be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders.  Moreover, if the Fund were to fail to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it would be required to pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company.  Under certain circumstances, the Fund may be able to cure a failure to qualify as a regulated investment company, but in order to do so the Fund might incur significant Fund-level taxes and might be forced to dispose of certain assets.  If the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund would generally be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets upon a disposition of such assets within ten years of qualifying as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

Shareholders will be subject to federal income taxes on distributions made by the Fund whether paid in cash or additional shares.  Distributions of net investment income (including interest, dividend income and net short-term capital gain in excess of any net long-term capital loss, less certain expenses), other than qualified dividend income, will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income.  Distributions of qualified dividend income, as such term is defined in Section 1(h)(11) of the Code (generally dividends received from U.S. domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met), generally will be taxed to non-corporate shareholders at the federal income tax rates applicable to net capital gain, provided the Fund reports the amount distributed as qualified dividend income.

Distributions of net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, will be taxable to non-corporate shareholders as long-term capital gain without regard to how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund.   The Fund may retain certain amounts of capital gains and designate them as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, who (i) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amounts so designated, (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the fund on those undistributed amounts against their federal income tax liabilities and to claim refunds to the extent such credits exceed their liabilities and (iii) will be entitled to increase their federal income tax basis in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amounts of undistributed net capital gain included in their respective income over their respective income tax credits.
 
 
B-57

 

Dividends paid by the Fund may qualify in part for the dividends received deduction available to corporate shareholders, provided the Fund reports the amount distributed as a qualifying dividend and certain holding period and other requirements under the Code are satisfied.  The reported amount, however, cannot exceed the aggregate amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund for its taxable year.  In view of the Fund’s investment policies, it is expected that dividends from domestic corporations will be part of the Fund’s gross income and that, accordingly, a portion of the distributions by the Fund will be eligible for treatment as qualified dividend income and for the dividends received deduction. However, the portion of the Fund’s gross income attributable to qualified dividend income and qualifying dividends is largely dependent on the Fund’s investment activities for a particular year and, therefore, cannot be predicted with any certainty.  Qualified dividend income treatment and the dividends received deduction may be reduced or eliminated if, among other things, (i) the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property or (ii) certain holding period requirements are not satisfied at both the Fund and shareholder levels.  In addition, qualified dividend income treatment is not available if a shareholder elects to have the dividend income treated as investment income for purposes of the limitation on deductibility of investment interest.

Dividends and distributions from the Fund and net gain from redemptions of Fund shares will generally be taken into account in determining a shareholder’s “net investment income” for purposes of the Medicare contribution tax applicable to certain individuals, estates and trusts.

Shareholders who choose to receive distributions in the form of additional shares will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received equal to the NAV of a share on the reinvestment date. Distributions are generally taxable when received.  However, distributions declared in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a date in such a month and paid the following January are taxable for federal income tax purposes as if received on December 31 of the calendar year in which declared.  Distributions are includable in alternative minimum taxable income in computing a shareholder’s liability for the federal alternative minimum tax.

A redemption of Fund shares may result in recognition of a taxable gain or loss.  The gain or loss will generally be treated as a long-term capital gain or loss if the shares were held for more than one year.  If the shares were held for one year or less, the gain or loss will generally be treated as a short-term capital gain or loss.  Any loss realized upon redemption or exchange of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any amounts treated as distributions of long-term capital gains during such six-month period.  Any loss realized upon a redemption may be disallowed under certain wash sale rules to the extent shares of the same Fund or other substantially identical stock or securities are purchased (through reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the redemption.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886.  Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not exempted.  The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper.  Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations considering their individual circumstances.
 
 
B-58

 

The Fund’s transactions in options and other similar transactions, such as futures, may be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, affect the character of any income realized by the Fund from such investments, accelerate recognition of income to the Fund, defer Fund losses, affect the holding period of the Fund’s securities, affect whether distributions will be eligible for the dividends received deduction or be treated as qualified dividend income and affect the determination of whether capital gain and loss is characterized as long-term or short-term capital gain or loss.  These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders.  These provisions may also require the Fund to “mark-to-market” certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out), which may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding U.S. federal income and excise taxes.  The Fund will monitor these transactions and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records, and if the Fund deems it advisable, will make appropriate elections if available in order to mitigate the effect of these rules, prevent disqualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company and minimize the imposition of U.S. federal income and excise taxes.

The Fund’s transactions in broad based equity index futures contracts, exchange-traded options on such indices and certain other futures contracts are generally considered “Section 1256 contracts” for federal income tax purposes.  Any unrealized gains or losses on such Section 1256 contracts are treated as though they were realized at the end of each taxable year.  The resulting gain or loss is treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss.  Gain or loss recognized on actual sales of Section 1256 contracts is treated in the same manner.  As noted above, distributions of net short-term capital gain are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income while distributions of net long-term capital gain are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the shareholder has held shares of the Fund.

The Fund’s entry into a short sale transaction, an option or certain other contracts, such as futures, could be treated as the constructive sale of an appreciated financial position, causing the Fund to realize gain, but not loss, on the position.

If the Fund invests in certain pay-in-kind securities, zero coupon securities, deferred interest securities or, in general, any other securities with original issue discount (or with market discount if the Fund elects to include market discount in income currently), the Fund must accrue income on such investments for each taxable year, which generally will be prior to the receipt of the corresponding cash payments.  However, the Fund must distribute, at least annually, all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), including such accrued income to shareholders to avoid federal income and excise taxes.  Therefore, the Fund may have to sell portfolio securities (potentially under disadvantageous circumstances) to generate cash, or may have to undertake leverage by borrowing cash, to satisfy these distribution requirements.  Dispositions of portfolio securities may result in additional gains and additional distribution requirements.
 
 
B-59

 

If the Fund invests in a market discount bond, it will be required to treat any gain recognized on the disposition of such market discount bond as ordinary income (instead of capital gain) to the extent of the accrued market discount, unless the Fund elects to include the market discount in income as it accrues as discussed above.  A market discount bond is a security acquired in the secondary market at a price below its redemption value (or its adjusted issue price if it is also an original issue discount bond).

The Fund may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries, including taxes on interest, dividends and capital gains with respect to its investments in those countries, which would, if imposed, reduce the yield on or return from those investments.  Tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases.  So long as the Fund qualifies for treatment as a regulated investment company and incurs “qualified foreign taxes,” if more than 50% of its net assets at the close of its taxable year consist of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the amount of such foreign taxes paid.  If this election is made, information with respect to the amount of the foreign income taxes that are allocated to the Fund’s shareholders will be provided to them and any shareholder subject to tax on dividends will be required (i) to include in ordinary gross income (in addition to the amount of the taxable dividends actually received) his/her proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid that are attributable to such dividends; and (ii) either to deduct his/her proportionate share of such foreign taxes in computing his/her taxable income or to claim that amount as a foreign tax credit (subject to applicable limitations) against U.S. income taxes.

If the Fund makes this election and a shareholder chooses to take a credit for the foreign taxes deemed paid by such shareholder, the amount of the credit that may be claimed in any year may not exceed the same proportion of the U.S. tax against which such credit is taken that the shareholder’s taxable income from foreign sources (but not in excess of the shareholder’s entire taxable income) bears to his entire taxable income. For this purpose, long-term and short-term capital gains the Fund realizes and distributes to shareholders will generally not be treated as income from foreign sources in their hands, nor will distributions of certain foreign currency gains subject to Section 988 of the Code or of any other income realized by the Fund that is deemed, under the Code, to be U.S.-source income in the hands of the Fund. This foreign tax credit limitation may also be applied separately to certain specific categories of foreign-source income and the related foreign taxes. As a result of these rules, which may have different effects depending upon each shareholder’s particular tax situation, certain shareholders may not be able to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund. Shareholders who are not liable for U.S. federal income taxes, including tax-exempt shareholders, will ordinarily not benefit from this election. If the Fund does make the election, it will provide required tax information to shareholders. The Fund generally may deduct any foreign taxes that are not passed through to its shareholders in computing its income available for distribution to shareholders to satisfy applicable tax distribution requirements.

Foreign exchange gains or losses realized by the Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt securities, certain options and futures contracts relating to foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, foreign currencies, or payables or receivables denominated in a foreign currency are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which generally causes such gains or losses to be treated as ordinary gain or loss and may affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders.
 
 
B-60

 

The Fund may purchase the securities of certain foreign investment funds or trusts called passive foreign investment companies (“PFICs”).  PFICs may be the only or primary means by which the Fund may invest in some countries.  If the Fund invests in PFICs, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend to shareholders.  Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on either the Fund or shareholders with respect to deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.  Capital gains on the sale of such holdings will be deemed to be ordinary income regardless of how long such PFICs are held.  A “qualified electing fund” election or a “mark to market” election may generally be available that would ameliorate these adverse tax consequences, but such elections could require the Fund to recognize taxable income or gain (subject to the distribution requirements applicable to regulated investment companies, as described above) without the concurrent receipt of cash. In order to satisfy the distribution requirements and avoid a tax on the Fund, the Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss to the fund. In order for the Fund to make a qualified electing fund election with respect to a PFIC, the PFIC would have to agree to provide certain tax information to the Fund on an annual basis, which it might not agree to do. The Fund may limit and/or manage its holdings in PFICs to limit its tax liability or maximize its return from these investments.

Ordinary dividends and certain other payments made by the Fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty).  In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty.  The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States.  The effectively connected dividends in this particular instance will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder.  A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or at a lower rate, depending on the applicable tax treaty).  A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

This 30% withholding tax generally does not apply to distributions of net capital gains.  For Fund taxable years beginning before January 1, 2014, this 30% withholding tax will also not apply to dividends that the Fund reports as (a) interest-related dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Fund’s “qualified net interest income,” or (b) short-term capital gain dividends, to the extent such dividends are derived from the Fund’s “qualified short-term gain.”  “Qualified net interest income” is the Fund’s net income derived from U.S.-source interest and original issue discount, subject to certain exceptions and limitations.  “Qualified short-term gain” generally means the excess of the net short-term capital gain of the Fund for the taxable year over its net long-term capital loss, if any.  In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder has to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form).
 
 
B-61

 

Ordinary dividends, redemption payments and certain capital gain dividends paid after December 31, 2013 to a non-U.S. shareholder that fails to make certain required certifications, or that is a “foreign financial institution” as defined in Section 1471 of the Code and that does not meet the requirements imposed on foreign financial institutions by Section 1471, will generally be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate.   Withholding on such payments will begin at different times depending on the type of payment, the type of payee, and whether the shareholder’s account is opened before or after January 1, 2014.  Withholding with respect to ordinary dividends is currently scheduled to begin on January 1, 2014 for accounts opened on or after that date and on certain later dates for accounts opened before January 1, 2014.  Withholding on redemption payments and certain capital gain dividends is currently scheduled to begin on January 1, 2017.  The extent, if any, to which such withholding tax may be reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty is unclear.  A non-U.S. shareholder may be exempt from the withholding described in this paragraph under an applicable agreement between the United States and a foreign government, provided that the shareholder and the applicable foreign government comply with the terms of such agreement.

The Fund is required to withhold (as “backup withholding”) a portion of reportable payments, including dividends, capital gain distributions and the proceeds of redemptions and exchanges or repurchases of Fund shares, paid to shareholders who have not complied with certain IRS regulations. The backup withholding rate is currently 28%.  In order to avoid this withholding requirement, shareholders, other than certain exempt entities, must certify on IRS Forms W-9 or on certain other documents, that the Social Security Numbers or other Taxpayer Identification Numbers they provide are their correct numbers and that they are not currently subject to backup withholding, or that they are exempt from backup withholding. The Fund may nevertheless be required to backup withhold if it receives notice from the IRS or a broker that a number provided is incorrect or that backup withholding is applicable as a result of previous underreporting of interest or dividend income.

This discussion and the related discussion in the Prospectus have been prepared by management of the Fund, and counsel to the Trust has expressed no opinion in respect thereof.

Prospective shareholders of the Fund should consult their own tax advisors concerning the effect of owning shares of the Fund in light of their particular tax situations.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The Fund will receive income in the form of dividends and interest earned on its investments in securities.  This income, less the expenses incurred in its operations, is the Fund’s net investment income, substantially all of which will be declared as dividends to the Fund’s shareholders.

The amount of income dividend payments by the Fund is dependent upon the amount of net investment income received by the Fund from its portfolio holdings, is not guaranteed and is subject to the discretion of the Board.  The Fund does not pay “interest” or guarantee any fixed rate of return on an investment in its shares.
 
 
B-62

 

The Fund also may derive capital gains or losses in connection with sales or other dispositions of its portfolio securities.  Any net gain the Fund may realize from transactions involving investments held for less than the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing short-term capital gains and losses (taking into account any available carryover of capital losses), although a distribution from capital gains, will be distributed to shareholders with and as a part of the income dividends paid by the Fund and will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes.  If during any year the Fund realizes a net gain on transactions involving investments held for more than the period required for long-term capital gain or loss recognition or otherwise producing long-term capital gains and losses, the Fund will have a net long-term capital gain.  After deduction of the amount of any net short-term capital loss, the balance (to the extent not offset by any capital losses available to be carried over) generally will be distributed and treated as long-term capital gains in the hands of the shareholders regardless of the length of time the Fund’s shares may have been held by the shareholders.  For more information concerning applicable capital gains tax rates, see your tax advisor.

Any dividend or distribution paid by the Fund reduces the Fund’s NAVs on the date paid by the amount of the dividend or distribution per share.  Accordingly, a dividend or distribution paid shortly after a purchase of shares by a shareholder would represent, in substance, a partial return of capital (to the extent it is paid on the shares so purchased), even though it would be subject to federal income taxes.

Dividends and other distributions will be made in the form of additional shares of the Fund unless the shareholder has otherwise indicated.  Investors have the right to change their elections with respect to the reinvestment of dividends and distributions by notifying the transfer agent in writing, but any such change will be effective only as to dividends and other distributions for which the record date is seven or more business days after the transfer agent has received the written request.

GENERAL INFORMATION

Investment Managers Series Trust II is an open-end management investment company organized as a Delaware statutory trust under the laws of the State of Delaware on August 20, 2013.    The Trust has one outstanding series of shares of beneficial interest, par value of $0.01 per share, which represents interests in a portfolio of securities.

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust permits the Trustees to create additional series of shares, to issue an unlimited number of full and fractional shares of beneficial interest of each series, including the Fund, and to divide or combine the shares of any series into a greater or lesser number of shares without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in the series.  The assets belonging to a series is charged with the liabilities in respect of that series and all expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to that series only.  Therefore, any creditor of any series may look only to the assets belonging to that series to satisfy the creditor’s debt.  Any general liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or reserves of the Trust which are not readily identifiable as pertaining to any particular series are allocated and charged by the Trustees to and among the existing series in the sole discretion of the Trustees.  Each share of the Fund represents an interest in the Fund proportionately equal to the interest of each other share.  Upon the Fund’s liquidation, all shareholders would share pro rata in the net assets of the Fund available for distribution to shareholders.
 
 
B-63

 

The Trust may offer more than one class of shares of any series.  Each share of a series or class represents an equal proportionate interest in that series or class with each other share of that series or class. With respect to the Fund, the Trust currently offers two classes of shares: Investor Class and Institutional Class.  The Trust has reserved the right to create and issue additional series or classes.  Each share of a series or class represents an equal proportionate interest in that series or class with each other share of that series or class.

The shares of each series or class participate equally in the earnings, dividends and assets of the particular series or class.  Expenses of the Trust, which are not attributable to a specific series or class, are allocated among all the series in a manner believed by management of the Trust to be fair and equitable.  Shares issued do not have pre-emptive or conversion rights.  Shares when issued are fully paid and non-assessable, except as set forth below.  Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each share held.  Shares of each series or class generally vote together, except when required under federal securities laws to vote separately on matters that only affect a particular series or class, such as the approval of distribution plans for a particular class.

The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders but will hold special meetings of shareholders of a series or class when, in the judgment of the Board, it is necessary or desirable to submit matters for a shareholder vote.  Shareholders have, under certain circumstances, the right to communicate with other shareholders in connection with requesting a meeting of shareholders for the purpose of removing one or more trustees.  Shareholders also have, in certain circumstances, the right to remove one or more trustees without a meeting.  No material amendment may be made to the Trust’s Declaration of Trust without the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each portfolio affected by the amendment.

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust provides that, at any meeting of shareholders of the Trust or of any series or class, a shareholder servicing agent may vote any shares as to which such shareholder servicing agent is the agent of record for shareholders who are not represented in person or by proxy at the meeting, proportionately in accordance with the votes cast by holders of all shares of that portfolio otherwise represented at the meeting in person or by proxy as to which such shareholder servicing agent is the agent of record.  Any shares so voted by a shareholder servicing agent will be deemed represented at the meeting for purposes of quorum requirements.  Any series or class may be terminated (i) upon the merger or consolidation with, or the sale or disposition of all or substantially all of its assets to, another entity, if approved by the vote of the holders of two-thirds of its outstanding shares, except that if the Board recommends such merger, consolidation or sale or disposition of assets, the approval by vote of the holders of a majority of the series’ or class’ outstanding shares will be sufficient, or (ii) by the vote of the holders of a majority of its outstanding shares, or (iii) by the Board by written notice to the series’ or class’ shareholders.  Unless each series and class is so terminated, the Trust will continue indefinitely.

The Declaration of Trust provides that no Trustee or officer of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability in connection with the assets or affairs of the Trust or any of its series except for losses in connection with his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties.
 
 
B-64

 

The Trust’s Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust shall maintain appropriate insurance (for example, fidelity bonding and errors and omissions insurance) for the protection of the Trust, its shareholders, trustees, officers, employees and agents covering possible tort and other liabilities.  Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which both inadequate insurance existed and the Trust itself was unable to meet its obligations.

The Declaration of Trust does not require the issuance of stock certificates.  If stock certificates are issued, they must be returned by the registered owners prior to the transfer or redemption of shares represented by such certificates.

Rule 18 under the 1940 Act provides that as to any investment company which has two or more series outstanding and as to any matter required to be submitted to shareholder vote, such matter is not deemed to have been effectively acted upon unless approved by the holders of a “majority” (as defined in the rule) of the voting securities of each series affected by the matter.  Such separate voting requirements do not apply to the election of Trustees or the ratification of the selection of accountants.  The Rule contains special provisions for cases in which an advisory contract is approved by one or more, but not all, series.  A change in investment policy may go into effect as to one or more series whose holders so approve the change even though the required vote is not obtained as to the holders of other affected series.

The Trust and the Advisor have adopted Codes of Ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act.  These codes of ethics permit, subject to certain conditions, personnel of each of those entities to invest in securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund.
 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

As the Fund has recently commenced operations, there are no financial statements available at this time.  Shareholders of each Fund will be informed of the Funds progress through periodic reports when those reports become available.  Financial statements certified by the independent registered public accounting firm will be submitted to shareholders at least annually.
 
 
B-65

 
 
APPENDIX "A"
DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT RATINGS
 
Standard & Poor’s Corporation

A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor’s Corporation (“S&P”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:

Long-Term Debt

An S&P corporate or municipal debt rating is a current assessment of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. This assessment may take into consideration obligors such as guarantors, insurers or lessees. The debt rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings are based on current information furnished by the issuer or obtained by S&P from other sources it considers reliable. S&P does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances. The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

 
1.
Likelihood of default-capacity and willingness of the obligor as to the timely payment of interest and repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation;

 
2.
Nature of and provisions of the obligation; and

 
3.
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

Investment Grade

AAA
Debt rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P.  Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

AA
Debt rated “AA” has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

A
Debt rated “A” has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher rated categories.

BBB
Debt rated “BBB” is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher rated categories.
 
 
B-66

 

Speculative Grade Rating

Debt rated “BB”, “B”, “CCC”, “CC” and “C” is regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics these are outweighed by major uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB
Debt rated “BB” has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. The “BB” rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied “BBB” rating.

B
Debt rated “B” has a greater vulnerability to default but currently has the capacity to meet interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The “B” rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied “BB” or “BB” rating.

CCC
Debt rated “CCC” has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet timely payment of interest and repayment of principal. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it is not likely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal. The “CCC” rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied “B” or “B” rating.

CC
The rating “CC” typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied “CCC” debt rating.

C
The rating “C” typically is applied to debt subordinated to senior debt which is assigned an actual or implied “CCC” debt rating. The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed, but debt service payments are continued.

CI 
The rating “CI” is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

D
Debt rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
 
 
B-67

 

Provisional Ratings: The letter “p” indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful and timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of, or the risk of default upon failure of, such completion. The investor should exercise judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

r
The letter “r” is attached to highlight derivative, hybrid, and certain other obligations that S&P believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected returns due to non-credit risks. Examples of such obligations are: securities who’s principal or interest return is indexed to equities, commodities, or currencies; certain swaps and options; and interest only and principal only mortgage securities. The absence of an “r” symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.

L
The letter “L” indicates that the rating pertains to the principal amount of those bonds to the extent that the underlying deposit collateral is Federally insured by the Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation* In the case of certificates of deposit the letter “L” indicates that the deposit, combined with other deposits being held in the same right and capacity will be honored for principal and accrued pre-default interest up to the Federal insurance limits within 30 days after closing of the insured institution or, in the event that the deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

NR
Indicates no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

Commercial Paper

An S&P commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A-1” for the highest quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1
This highest category indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2
Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated “A-1.”

*Continuance of the rating is contingent upon S&P’s receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flow.

A-3
Issues carrying this designation have adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, somewhat more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.
 
 
B-68

 

Issues rated “B” are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D
Debt rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when interest payments or principal Payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made during such grace period.

A commercial rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings are based on current information furnished to S&P by the issuer or obtained by S&P from other sources it considers reliable.

S&P does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended or withdrawn as a result of changes in or unavailability of such information or based on other circumstances.

Preferred Securities

AAA
This is the highest rating that may be assigned to a preferred stock issue and indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations.

AA
A preferred stock issue rated AA also qualifies as a high quality fixed income security. The capacity to pay preferred stock obligations is very strong, although not as overwhelming as for issues rated AAA.

A
An issue rated A is backed by a sound capacity to pay the preferred stock obligations, although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB
An issue rated BBB is regarded as backed by an adequate capacity to pay preferred stock obligations. Although it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make payments for preferred stock in this category for issues in the A category.

BB
As issue rated BB is regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay the preferred stock obligation. While such issues will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, they are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

A brief description of the applicable Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody’s) follows:
 
 
B-69

 

Long-Term Debt

The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for corporate and municipal long-term debt:

Aaa
Bonds are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edged.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the Fundamentally strong position of such issuer.

Aa
Bonds are judged to be of high quality by all standards.  Together with the “Aaa” group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in “Aaa” securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in “Aaa” securities.

A
Bonds possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium-grade obligations.  Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa
Bonds considered medium-grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured.  Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Ba,
B, Caa, Ca, and C Bonds that possess one of these ratings provide questionable protection of interest and principal (“Ba” indicates some speculative elements; “B” indicates a general lack of characteristics of desirable investment; “Caa” represents a poor standing; “Ca” represents obligations which are speculative in a high degree; and “C” represents the lowest rated class of bonds). “Caa,” “Ca” and “C” bonds may be in default.

Con. (---)
Bonds for which the security depends upon the completion of some act or the fulfillment of some condition are rated conditionally. These are bonds secured by (a) earnings of projects under construction, (b) earnings of projects unseasoned in operation experience, (c) rentals which begin when facilities are completed, or (d) payments to which some other limiting condition attaches. Parenthetical rating denotes probable credit stature upon completion of construction or elimination of basis of condition.

(P)
When applied to forward delivery bonds, indicates that the rating is provisional pending delivery of the bonds.  The rating may be revised prior to delivery if changes occur in the legal documents or the underlying credit quality of the bonds.

Note: Those bonds in the Aa, A, Baa, Ba and B groups which Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbols, Aa1, A1, Ba1 and B1.
 
 
B-70

 

Short-Term Loans

MIG  1/VMIG 1
This designation denotes best quality. There is present strong protection by established cash flows, superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG  2/VMIG 2
This designation denotes high quality. Margins of protection are ample although not so large as in the preceding group.

MIG  3/VMIG 3
This designation denotes favorable quality.  All security elements are accounted for but there is lacking the undeniable strength of the preceding grades. Liquidity and cash flow protection may be narrow and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

MIG  4/VMIG 4
This designation denotes adequate quality.  Protection commonly regarded as required of an investment security is present and although not distinctly or predominantly speculative, there is specific risk.

S.G.
This designation denotes speculative quality. Debt instruments in this category lack margins of protection.

Commercial Paper

Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics:

 
-
Leading market positions in well-established industries.

 
-
High rates of return on Funds employed.

 
-
Conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection.

 
-
Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation.

 
-
Well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained. Issuers rated Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable capacity for repayment of short-term promissory obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market composition may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and the requirement for relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.
 
 
B-71

 

Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Preferred Securities Ratings

aaa
Preferred stocks which are rated “aaa” are considered to be top quality. This rating indicates good asset protection and the least risk of dividend impairment within the universe of preferred stocks.

aa
Preferred stocks which are rated “aa” are considered to be high grade. This rating indicates that there is reasonable assurance that earnings and asset protection will remain relatively well maintained in the foreseeable future.

a
Preferred stocks which are rated “a” are considered to be upper-medium grade. While risks are judged to be somewhat greater than in the “aaa” and “aa” classifications, earnings and asset protection are, nevertheless, expected to be maintained at adequate levels.

baa
Preferred stocks which are rated “baa” are judged lover-medium grade, neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Earnings and asset protection appear adequate at present but may be questionable over any great length of time.

ba
Preferred stocks which are rated “ba” are considered to have speculative elements and their future cannot be considered well assured. Earnings and asset protection may be very moderate and not well safeguarded during adverse periods. Uncertainty of position characterizes preferred stocks in this class.

 
B-72

 
 
APPENDIX “B”
ADVISOR’S PROXY POLICIES AND GUIDELINES
 
 



 
B-73

 
 
PART C: OTHER INFORMATION

Cedar Ridge Unconstrained Credit Fund

ITEM 28.
EXHIBITS

 
(a)
(1) Agreement and Declaration of Trust of Registrant – filed herewith
(2) Certificate of Trust – filed herewith
(3) Certificate of Designation of the Cedar Ridge Unconstrained Credit Fund filed herewith
(b) By-Laws of Registrant – filed herewith
(c) Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders is incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws.
(d) Investment Advisory Agreement *
(e) Distribution Agreement * )
(f)  Bonus or Profit Sharing Contracts is not applicable.
(g) Custody Agreement (form of) *
(h) Other Material Contracts
(1)  Transfer Agency Agreement *
(2)  Fund Accounting Agreement *
(3)  Co-Administration Agreement *
(4)  Operating Expense Agreement *
(5)  Shareholder Service Plan *
(i)  Opinion and Consent of Legal Counsel *
(j)  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm *
(k) Not applicable
(l)  Initial Subscription Agreement *
(m) Rule 12b-1 Plan * )
(n) Rule 18f-3 Plan *
(o) Powers of Attorney – filed herewith
(p) Code of Ethics
(1) Code of Ethics of the Trust *
(2) Codes of Ethics of the Advisor- *

* To be filed by amendment.
 
ITEM 29.
PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE FUNDS

See the Statement of Additional Information.

ITEM 30.
INDEMNIFICATION

Pursuant to Del. Code Ann. Title 12 Section 3817, a Delaware statutory trust may provide in its governing instrument for the indemnification of its officers and Trustees from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

Reference is made to Article 8, Section 8.4 of the Registrant's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which provides:

Subject to the limitations, if applicable, hereinafter set forth in this Section 8.4, the Trust shall indemnify (from the assets of the Series or Series to which the conduct in question relates) each of its Trustees, officers, employees and agents (including Persons who serve at the Trust's request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter, together with such Person's heirs, executors, administrators or personal representative, referred to as a "Covered Person")) against all liabilities, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and expenses, including reasonable accountants' and counsel fees, incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Covered Person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Trustee or officer, director or trustee, except with respect to any matter as to which it has been determined that such Covered Person (i) did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such
 
 
 

 
 
Covered Person's action was in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust; (ii) had acted with willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person's office (iii) for a criminal proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful (the conduct described in (i), (ii) and (iii) being referred to hereafter as "Disabling Conduct"). A determination that the Covered Person is entitled to indemnification may be made by (i) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of Disabling Conduct, (ii) dismissal of a court action or an administrative proceeding against a Covered Person for insufficiency of evidence of Disabling Conduct, or (iii) a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the indemnity was not liable by reason of Disabling Conduct by (a) a vote of a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are neither "interested persons" of the Trust as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act nor parties to the proceeding (the "Disinterested Trustees"), or (b) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion. Expenses, including accountants' and counsel fees so incurred by any such Covered Person (but excluding amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines or penalties), may be paid from time to time by one or more Series to which the conduct in question related in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding; provided that the Covered Person shall have undertaken to repay the amounts so paid to such Series if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Article 8 and (i) the Covered Person shall have provided security for such undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the disinterested Trustees, or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall have determined, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement between the Trust and IMST Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”), the Trust has agreed to indemnify, defend and hold the Distributor, and each of its present or former directors, members, officers, employees, representatives and any person who controls or previously controlled the Distributor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act (“Distributor Indemnitees”), free and harmless (a) from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, liabilities, damages, charges, payments, costs and expenses (including the costs of investigating or defending any alleged losses, claims, demands, liabilities, damages, charges, payments, costs or expenses and any counsel fees incurred in connection therewith) of any and every nature (“Losses”) which Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, any other statute (including Blue Sky laws) or any rule or regulation thereunder, or under common law or otherwise, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement, or alleged untrue statement, of a material fact contained in the registration statement or any prospectus, an annual or interim report to shareholders or sales literature, or any amendments or supplements thereto, or arising out of or based upon any omission, or alleged omission, to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Trust’s obligation to indemnify Distributor and any of the Distributor Indemnitees shall not be deemed to cover any Losses arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to the Distributor and furnished to the Trust or its counsel by Distributor in writing for the purpose of, and used in, the preparation thereof; (b) from and against any and all Losses which Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur in connection with this Agreement or the Distributor’s performance hereunder, except to the extent the Losses result from the Distributor’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties, or by reason of its reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement, (c) from and against any and all Losses which Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur resulting from the actions or inactions of any prior service provider to the Trust or any Funds in existence prior to, and added to Schedule A after, the date of this Agreement, or (d) from and against any and all Losses which Distributor and/or each of the Distributor Indemnitees may incur when acting in accordance with instructions from the Trust or its representatives; and provided further that to the extent this agreement of indemnity may require indemnity of any Distributor Indemnitee who is also a trustee or officer of the Trust, no such indemnity shall inure to the benefit of such trustee or officer if to do so would be against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act.
 
 
 

 

ITEM 31.
BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF THE INVESTMENT ADVISER

With respect to the Advisor, the response to this Item will be incorporated by reference to the Advisor’s Uniform Application for Investment Adviser Registration (Form ADV) on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).  The Advisor’s Form ADV may be obtained, free of charge, at the SEC’s website at www.adviserinfo.sec.gov.

ITEM 32.
IMST DISTRIBUTORS, LLC

 
(a)
IMST Distributors, LLC (the “Distributor”) serves as principal underwriter for the following investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended:
 
         1.      Investment Managers Series Trust
         2.      Investment Managers Series Trust II
     
 
(b)
The following are the Officers and Managers of the Distributor, the Registrant's underwriter.  The Distributor’s main business address is Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, Maine 04101.
 
Name
Address
Position with Underwriter
Position with Registrant
Mark A. Fairbanks
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME  04101
President and Manager
None
Richard J. Berthy
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME  04101
Vice President, Treasurer and Manager
None
Meredith F. Henning
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME  04101
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer
None
Lisa S. Clifford
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME  04101
Vice President and Managing Director of Compliance
None
Jennifer E. Hoopes
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME  04101
Secretary
None
Nishant Bhatnagar
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100, Portland, ME  04101
Assistant Secretary
None

 
(c)
Not applicable.

ITEM 33.
LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.

The books and records required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 are maintained at the following locations:

Records Relating to:
Are located at:
Registrant’s Transfer Agent, Fund Accountant and Co-Administrator
UMB Fund Services, Inc.
803 W. Michigan Street
Milwaukee, WI 53233 
Registrant’s Co-Administrator
Mutual Fund Administration Corporation
2220 E. Route 66, Suite 226
Glendora, California 91740 
Registrant’s Custodian
UMB Bank, n.a.
928  Grand Boulevard, 5 th Floor
Kansas City, Missouri, 64106
Registrant’s Investment Adviser
Cedar Ridge Partners, LLC
45 East Putnam Avenue
Suite#124
Greenwich, CT 06830
Registrant’s Distributor
IMST Distributors, LLC
Three Canal Plaza, Suite 100
Portland, Maine 04101 

ITEM 34.
MANAGEMENT SERVICES

Not applicable

ITEM 35.
UNDERTAKINGS

Not applicable
 
 
 

 
 
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee and State of Wisconsin, on the 30th day of September, 2013.

 
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Terrance Gallagher
 
   
Terrance Gallagher, President and Principal Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed on the 30 th day of September, 2013 , by the following persons in the capacities set forth below.

Signature
 
Title
 
   
Thomas Knipper
 
 
Trustee
   
Kathleen K. Shkuda
 
 
Trustee
   
Larry D. Tashjian
 
 
Trustee
   
John P. Zader
 
Trustee
 
  
 
Eric M. Banhazl
 
/s/ Rita Dam
 
Trustee and Vice President
Rita Dam
 
Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer

By
/s/Rita Dam
 
Attorney-in-fact, pursuant to power of attorney filed herewith
 
 
 

 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
 
Exhibit No.
Agreement and Declaration of Trust
 
EX99.28(a)(1)
Certificate of Trust
 
EX99.28(a)(2)
Certificate of Designation   EX99.28(a)(3)
By-Laws
 
EX99.28(b)
Powers of Attorney
 
EX99.28(o)

 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
OF
 
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II
 
A Delaware Statutory Trust
 
 
____________________, 2013
 
 
 

 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Article 1
THE TRUST
1
Section 1.1
Name
1
Section 1.2
Location
2
Section 1.3
Nature of Trust
2
Section 1.4
Definitions
2
Section 1.5
Real Property to be Converted into Personal Property
5
     
Article 2
PURPOSE OF THE TRUST
5
     
Article 3
POWERS OF THE TRUSTEES
6
Section 3.1
Powers in General
6
Section 3.2
Borrowings; Financings; Issuance of Securities
11
Section 3.3
Deposits
12
Section 3.4
Allocations
12
Section 3.5
Further Powers; Limitations
12
     
Article 4
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
13
Section 4.1
Number Designation, Election, Term, etc
13
Section 4.2
Trustees' Meetings
14
Section 4.3
Committees; Delegation
15
Section 4.4
Officers
15
Section 4.5
Compensation of Trustees and Officers
15
Section 4.6
Ownership of Shares and Securities of the Trust
15
Section 4.7
Right of Trustees and Officers to Own Property or to Engage in Business;
 
 
Authority of Trustees to Permit Others to Do Likewise
16
Section 4.8
Reliance on Experts
16
Section 4.9
Surety Bonds
16
Section 4.10
Apparent Authority of Trustees and Officers
16
Section 4.11
Other Relationships Not Prohibited
16
Section 4.12
Payment of Trust Expenses
17
Section 4.13
Ownership of the Trust Property
17
Section 4.14
By-Laws
18
     
Article 5
DELEGATION OF MANAGERIAL RESPONSIBILITIES
18
Section 5.1
Appointment; Action by Less than All Trustees
18
Section 5.2
Certain Contracts
18
Section 5.3
Distribution Arrangements
20
Section 5.4
Service Arrangements
20
Section 5.5
Parties to Contract
20
     
Article 6
SERIES AND SHARES
21
Section 6.1
Description of Series and Shares
21
Section 6.2
Ownership of Shares
27
Section 6.3
Investments in the Trust
28
Section 6.4
No Preemptive Rights
28
Section 6.5
No Appraisal Rights
28
 
 
 

 
 
Section 6.6
Status of Shares
28
     
Article 7
SHAREHOLDERS' VOTING POWERS AND MEETINGS
28
Section 7.1
Voting Powers
28
Section 7.2
Number of Votes and Manner of Voting; Proxies
30
Section 7.3
Meetings
30
Section 7.4
Record Dates
30
Section 7.5
Quorum and Required Vote
31
Section 7.6
Action By Written Consent
31
Section 7.7
Inspection of Records
31
Section 7.8
Additional Provisions
31
     
Article 8
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION
31
Section 8.1
Trustees, Shareholders, etc
31
Section 8.2
Trustees' Good Faith Action; Expert Advice; No Bond or Surety
32
Section 8.3
Fiduciary Duty
33
Section 8.4
Indemnification of Shareholders
34
Section 8.5
Indemnification of Trustees, Officers, etc
34
Section 8.6
Compromise Payment
35
Section 8.7
Indemnification Not Exclusive, etc
36
Section 8.8
Liability of Third Persons Dealing with Trustees
36
     
Article 9
DURATION; REORGANIZATION; INCORPORATION; AMENDMENTS
36
Section 9.1
Duration of Trust
36
Section 9.2
Termination of Trust, Series or Class
36
Section 9.3
Merger, Consolidation, Incorporation
37
Section 9.4
Amendments, etc
38
Section 9.5
Filing of Copies of Declaration and Amendments
39
     
Article 10
MISCELLANEOUS
39
Section 10.1
Notices
39
Section 10.2
Governing Law
39
Section 10.3
Counterparts
39
Section 10.4
Reliance By Third Parties
39
Section 10.5
References; Headings
40
Section 10.6
Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulation
40
 
 
 

 
 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST
 
OF
 
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II
 
AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST made as of the 16th day of September, 2013, by the Trustee hereunder, and by the holders of shares of beneficial interest issued hereunder as hereinafter provided.
 
WHEREAS, this Trust has been formed to carry on business as set forth more particularly hereinafter;
 
WHEREAS, this Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of its shares of beneficial interest all in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth;
 
WHEREAS, the trustees have agreed to manage all property coming into the hands of the Trust as Trustees of a Delaware statutory trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth; and
 
WHEREAS, the Trustees intend that the Trust created by this Declaration and the Certificate of Trust filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on August 13, 2013 shall constitute a statutory trust under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and that this Declaration shall constitute the governing instrument of such statutory trust.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold all cash, securities, and other assets which they may from time to time acquire in any manner as Trustees hereunder IN TRUST to manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the benefit of the holders from time to time of shares of beneficial interest in this Trust as hereinafter set forth.
 
ARTICLE 1
 
THE TRUST
 
Section 1.1     Name.     The name of the Trust shall be:
 
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II
 
and so far as may be practicable, the Trustees shall conduct the Trust's activities, execute all documents and sue or be sued under that name, which name (and the word "Trust" wherever used in this Agreement and Declaration of Trust, except where the context otherwise requires) shall refer to the Trustees in their capacity as Trustees, and not individually or personally, and shall not refer to the officers, agents or employees of the Trust or of such Trustees, or to the holders of the Shares of the Trust or any Series. If the Trustees determine that the use of such name is not practicable, legal or convenient at any time or in any jurisdiction, the Trustees may use such other designation, or they may adopt such other name for the Trust as they deem proper, and the Trust may hold property and conduct its activities under such designation or name.
 
 
1

 
 
Section 1.2     Location. The Trust shall maintain a registered office in the State of Delaware and may have such other offices or places of business as the Trustees may from time to time determine to be necessary or expedient.
 
Section 1.3     Nature of Trust. The Trust shall be a trust with transferable shares under the laws of the State of Delaware, of the type defined in Title 12, Chapter 38, Section 3801 of the Delaware Code as a statutory trust. The Trust is not intended to be, shall not be deemed to be, and shall not be treated as, a general partnership, limited partnership, joint venture, corporation or joint stock company. The Shareholders shall be beneficiaries and their relationship to the Trustees shall be solely in that capacity in accordance with the rights conferred upon them hereunder.
 
Section 1.4     Definitions. As used in this Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below unless the context thereof otherwise requires:
 
"Accounting Agent" shall have the meaning designated in Section 5.2(g) hereof.
 
"Administrator" shall have the meaning designated in Section 5.2(b) hereof.
 
"Affiliated Person" shall have the meaning assigned to it in the 1940 Act.
 
"By-Laws" shall mean the By-Laws of the Trust, as amended from time to time.
 
"Certificate of Designation" shall have the meaning designated in Section 6.1(b) hereof.
 
"Certificate of Termination" shall have the meaning designated in Section 6.1(b) hereof.
 
"Class" or "Classes" shall mean, with respect to any Series, any unissued Shares of such Series with respect to which the Trustees shall from time to time fix and determine any special provisions relating to sales charges, any rights of redemption and the price, terms and manner of redemption, special and relative rights as to dividends and other distributions and on liquidation, sinking or purchase fund provisions, conversion rights, and conditions under which the Shareholders of such Class shall have separate voting rights or no voting rights.
 
"Commission" shall have the same meaning as in the 1940 Act.
 
“Committee” shall mean any committee of one or more Trustees established by the Trustees.
 
"Contracting Party" shall have the meaning designated in the preamble to Section 5.2 hereof.
 
"Conversion Date" shall mean, with respect to Shares of any Class that are convertible automatically into Shares of any other Class of a Series, the date fixed by the Trustees for such conversion.
 
 
2

 
 
"Covered Person" shall have the meaning designated in Section 8.5 hereof.
 
"Custodian" shall have the meaning designated in Section 5.2(d) hereof
 
"Declaration" and "Declaration of Trust" shall mean this Agreement and Declaration of Trust and all amendments or modifications thereof as from time to time in effect. This Agreement and Declaration of Trust is the "governing instrument" of the Trust within the meaning of the laws of the State of Delaware with respect to Delaware statutory trusts. References in this Agreement and Declaration of Trust to "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be deemed to refer to the Declaration of Trust generally, and shall not be limited to the particular text, Article or Section in which such words appear.
 
"Disabling Conduct" shall have the meaning designated in Section 8.5 hereof.
 
"Distributor" shall have the meaning designated in Section 5.2(c) hereof.
 
"Dividend Disbursing Agent" shall have the meaning designated in Section 5.2(e) hereof.
 
“Fiduciary Covered Person” shall have the meaning designated in Section 8.3 hereof.
 
“Fundamental Policies” shall mean the investment policies and restrictions as set forth from time to time in any Prospectus, or contained in any registration statement of the Trust filed with the Commission or as otherwise adopted by the Trustees and the Shareholders in accordance with the 1940 Act and designated as fundamental policies therein as they may be amended from time to time in accordance with the requirements of the 1940 Act.
 
"General Items" shall have the meaning defined in Section 6.1(e) hereof.
 
"Investment Adviser" shall have the meaning defined in Section 5.2(a) hereof.
 
"Majority of the Trustees" shall mean a majority of the Trustees in office at the time in question. At any time at which there shall be only one (1) Trustee in office, such term shall mean such Trustee.
 
"Majority Shareholder Vote” as used with respect to (a) the election of any Trustee at a meeting of Shareholders, shall mean the vote for the election of such Trustee of a plurality of all outstanding Shares of the Trust, without regard to Series, represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon, provided that a quorum (as determined in accordance with this Declaration of Trust) is present, (b) any other action required or permitted to be taken by Shareholders, shall mean the vote for such action of the holders of that majority of all outstanding Shares (or, where a separate vote of Shares of any particular Series is to be taken, the affirmative vote of that majority of the outstanding Shares of that Series) of the Trust which consists of: (i) a majority of all Shares (or of Shares of the particular Series) represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote on such action at the meeting of Shareholders at which such action is to be taken, provided that a quorum (as determined in accordance with this Declaration of Trust) is present; or (ii) if such action is to be taken by written consent of Shareholders, a majority of all Shares (or of Shares of the particular Series) issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such action; provided that (iii) as used with respect to any action requiring the affirmative vote of "a majority of the outstanding voting securities," as the quoted phrase is defined in the 1940 Act, of the Trust or of any Series, "Majority Shareholder Vote" means the vote for such action at a meeting of Shareholders of the smallest majority of all outstanding Shares of the Trust (or of Shares of the particular Series) entitled to vote on such action which satisfies such 1940 Act voting requirement.
 
 
3

 
 
"1940 Act" shall mean the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, both as amended from time to time, and any order or orders thereunder which may from time to time be applicable to the Trust.
 
"Person" shall mean and include individuals, as well as corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, joint stock companies, joint ventures, associations, banks, trust companies, land trusts, statutory trusts or other organizations established under the laws of any jurisdiction, whether or not considered to be legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.
 
"Principal Underwriter" shall have the meaning designated in Section 5.2(c) hereof.
 
"Prospectus," as used with respect to the Trust (or the Shares of a particular Series), shall mean the prospectus relating to the Trust (or such Series) which constitutes part of the currently effective registration statement of the Trust under the Securities Act, as such prospectus may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
 
"Securities" shall have the same meaning ascribed to that term in the Securities Act.
 
“Securities Act” shall mean the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 and the rules and regulations thereunder both as amended from time to time, and any order or orders thereunder which may from time to time be applicable to the Trust.
 
"Series" shall mean one or more of the series of Shares authorized by the Trustees to represent the beneficial interest in one or more separate components of the assets of the Trust which are now or hereafter established and designated under or in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 hereof.
 
"Shareholder" shall mean as of any particular time any Person shown of record at such time on the books of the Trust as a holder of outstanding Shares of any Series, and shall include a pledgee into whose name any such Shares are transferred in pledge.
 
"Shareholder Servicing Agent" shall have the meaning designated in Section 5.2(f) hereof.
 
"Shares" shall mean the transferable units into which the beneficial interest in the Trust and each Series of the Trust (as the context may require) shall be divided from time to time, and includes fractions of Shares as well as whole Shares. All references herein to "Shares" which are not accompanied by a reference to any particular Series or Class shall be deemed to apply to outstanding Shares without regard to Series or Class.
 
 
4

 
 
"Single Class Voting ," as used with respect to any matter to be acted upon at a meeting or by written consent of Shareholders, shall mean a style of voting in which each holder of one or more Shares shall be entitled to one vote on the matter in question for each Share standing in his name on the records of the Trust, irrespective of Series or Class of a Series, and all outstanding Shares of all Series vote as a single class.
 
"Statement of Additional Information ," as used with respect to the Trust (or any Series), shall mean the statement of additional information relating to the Trust (or such Series) which constitutes part of the currently effective registration statement of the Trust under the Securities Act, as such statement of additional information may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
 
"Transfer Agent" shall have the meaning defined in Section 5.2(e) hereof.
 
" Trust" shall mean the trust named in Section 1.1 hereof.
 
"Trust Property" shall mean, as of any particular time, any and all property which shall have been transferred, conveyed or paid to the Trust or the Trustees, and all interest, dividends, income, earnings, profits and gains therefrom, and proceeds thereof, including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation thereof, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, and which at such time is owned or held by, or for the account of, the Trust or the Trustees, without regard to the Series to which such property is allocated.
 
"Trustees" shall mean, collectively, the initial Trustees, so long as they shall continue in office, and all other individuals who at the time in question have been duly elected or appointed as Trustees of the Trust in accordance with the provisions hereof and who have qualified and are then in office. At any time at which there shall be only one (l) Trustee in office, such term shall mean such single Trustee.
 
Section 1.5    Real Property to be Converted into Personal Property. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, any real property at any time forming part of the Trust Property shall be held in trust for sale and conversion into personal property at such time or times and in such manner and upon such terms as the Trustees shall approve, but the Trustees shall have power until the termination of this Trust to postpone such conversion as long as they in their uncontrolled discretion shall think fit, and for the purpose of determining the nature of the interest of the Shareholders therein, all such real property shall at all times be considered as personal property.
 
ARTICLE 2
 
PURPOSE OF THE TRUST
 
The purpose of the Trust shall be to (a) manage, conduct, operate and carry on the business of an open-end investment company registered under the 1940 Act; (b) subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or otherwise acquire, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, distribute or otherwise deal in or dispose of any and all sorts of property, tangible or intangible, including but not limited to Securities of any type whatsoever, whether equity or nonequity, of any issuer, evidences of indebtedness of any person and any other rights, interest, instruments or property of any sort to exercise any and all rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest with respect to any and all such investment of every kind and description, including without limitation, the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of said rights, powers and privileges with respect to any of said investments. The Trustees shall not be limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made by fiduciaries. Not limited by the foregoing, the Trust shall have and may exercise all of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware concerning statutory trusts.
 
 
5

 
 
ARTICLE 3
 
POWERS OF THE TRUSTEES
 
Section 3.1     Powers in General. The Trustees shall have, without other or further authorization, full, entire, exclusive and absolute power, control and authority over, and management of, the business of the Trust and over the Trust Property, to the same extent as if the Trustees were the sole owners of the business and property of the Trust in their own right, and with such powers of delegation as may be permitted by this Declaration, subject only to such limitations as may be expressly imposed by this Declaration of Trust or by applicable law. The enumeration of any specific power or authority herein shall not be construed as limiting the aforesaid power or authority or any specific power or authority. Without limiting the foregoing, they may select, and from time to time change, the fiscal year of the Trust; they may adopt and use a seal for the Trust, provided that unless otherwise required by the Trustees, it shall not be necessary to place the seal upon, and its absence shall not impair the validity of, any document, instrument or other paper executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Trust; they may from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 hereof establish one or more Series to which they may allocate such of the Trust Property, subject to such liabilities, as they shall deem appropriate, each such Series to be operated by the Trustees as a separate and distinct investment medium and with separately defined investment objectives and policies, all as established by the Trustees, or from time to time changed by them; they may establish Classes of Series having relative rights, powers and duties as they may provide consistent with applicable law; they may interpret the investment objectives, policies, practices or limitations of the Trust and/or any Series;   they may make distributions of income and capital gains to Shareholders in the manner herein provided; they may as they consider appropriate elect and remove officers and appoint and terminate agents and consultants and hire and terminate employees, any one or more of the foregoing of whom may be a Trustee; they may appoint from their own number, and terminate, any one or more Committees, including without implied limitation an Executive Committee, which may, when the Trustees are not in session and subject to the 1940 Act, exercise some or all of the power and authority of the Trustees as the Trustees may determine; in accordance with Section 5.2 they may employ one or more Investment Advisers, Administrators and Custodians and may authorize any such service provider to employ one or more other service providers and to deposit all or any part of such assets in a system or systems for the central handling of Securities; retain Transfer Agents, Dividend Disbursing Agents, Accounting Agents or Shareholder Servicing Agents or any of the foregoing; provide for the distribution of Shares by the Trust through one or more Distributors, Principal Underwriters or otherwise; set record dates or times (or delegate the power to do so) for the determination of Shareholders entitled to participate in, benefit from or act with respect to various matters; and in general they may delegate to any officer of the Trust, to any Committee of the Trustees and to any employee, Investment Adviser, Administrator, Distributor, Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent, Accounting Agent or any other agent or consultant or independent contractor of the Trust, such authority, powers, functions and duties as they consider desirable or appropriate for the conduct of the business and affairs of the Trust (which delegation may include the power to sub-delegate), including without implied limitation the power and authority to act in the name of the Trust and of the Trustees, to sign documents and to act as attorney-in-fact for the Trustees. Without limiting the foregoing and to the extent not inconsistent with the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust, 1940 Act or other applicable law, the Trustees shall have power and authority:
 
 
6

 
 
(a) Investments. (i) To invest and reinvest cash, to hold cash uninvested, and to subscribe for, invest in, reinvest in, purchase or otherwise acquire, own, hold, pledge, sell, assign, transfer, exchange, distribute, write options on, lend or otherwise deal in or dispose of contracts for the future acquisition of delivery of any and all sorts of property, tangible or intangible, including but not limited to Securities of any type whatsoever, whether equity or nonequity, of any issuer, evidences of indebtedness of any person and any other rights, interest, instruments or property of any sort, , including without limitation futures contracts and options on such contracts, issued, created, guaranteed, or sponsored by any and all Persons, including the United States of America, any foreign government, and all states, territories, and possessions of the United States of America or any foreign government and any political subdivision, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any bank or savings institution, or by any corporation or organization organized under the laws of the United States or of any state, territory, or possession thereof, or by any corporation or organization organized under any foreign law, or in “when issued” contracts for any such securities, to change the investments of the assets of the Trust, and to exercise any and all rights, powers and privileges of ownership or interest with respect to any and all such investments of every kind and description, including without limitation the right to consent and otherwise act with respect thereto, with power to designate one or more Persons to exercise any of said rights, powers and privileges with respect to any of said investments, in every case without being limited by any law limiting the investments which may be made by fiduciaries; (ii) to enter into contracts of any kind and description, including swaps and other types of derivative contracts; and (iii) to purchase, sell and hold currencies and enter into contracts for the future purchase or sale of currencies, including but not limited to forward foreign currency exchange contracts;
 
(b) Disposition of Assets. Upon such terms and conditions as they deem best, to lend, sell, exchange, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, grant security interests in, encumber, negotiate, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of, and to trade in, any and all of the Trust Property, free and clear of all encumbrances, for cash or on terms, with or without advertisement, and on such terms as to payment, security or otherwise, all as they shall deem necessary or expedient;
 
 
7

 
 
(c) Ownership Powers. To vote or give assent, or exercise any and all other rights, powers and privileges of ownership with respect to, and to perform any and all duties and obligations as owners of, any Securities or other property forming part of the Trust Property, the same as any individual might do; to exercise powers and rights of subscription or otherwise which in any manner arise out of ownership of Securities, and to receive powers of attorney from, and to execute and deliver proxies or powers of attorney to, such Person or Persons as the Trustees shall deem proper, receiving from or granting to such Person or Persons such power and discretion with relation to Securities or other property of the Trust, all as the Trustees shall deem proper;
 
(d) Form of Holding. To hold any Security or other property in a form not indicating any trust, whether in bearer, book entry, unregistered or other negotiable form, or in the name of the Trustees or of the Trust, or of the Series to which such Securities or property belong, or in the name of a Custodian, sub-custodian or other nominee or nominees, or otherwise, upon such terms, in such manner or with such powers, as the Trustees may determine, and with or without indicating any trust or the interest of the Trustees therein;
 
(e) Reorganizations, etc. To consent to or participate in any plan for the reorganization, consolidation or merger of any corporation or issuer, any Security or debt instrument of which is or was held in the Trust or any Series; to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase or sale of property by such corporation or issuer, and to pay calls or subscriptions with respect to any Security or debt instrument forming part of the Trust Property;
 
(f) Voting Trusts, etc. To join with other holders of any Securities in acting through a committee, depository, voting trustee or otherwise, and in that connection to deposit any Security or debt instrument with, or transfer any Security or debt instrument to, any such committee, depository or trustee, and to delegate to them such power and authority with relation to any Security or debt instrument (whether or not so deposited or transferred) as the Trustees shall deem proper, and to agree to pay, and to pay, such portion of the expenses and compensation of such committee, depository or trustee as  the Trustees shall deem proper;
 
(g) Contracts, etc. To enter into, make and perform all such obligations, contracts, agreements and undertakings of every kind and description, with any Person or Persons, as the Trustees shall in their discretion deem expedient in the conduct of the business of the Trust, for such terms as they shall see fit, whether or not extending beyond the term of office of the Trustees, or beyond the possible expiration of the Trust; to amend, extend, release or cancel any such obligations, contracts, agreements or understandings; and to execute, acknowledge, deliver and record all written instruments which they may deem necessary or expedient in the exercise of their powers;
 
(h) Guarantees, etc. To endorse or guarantee the payment of any notes or other obligations of any Person; to make contracts of guaranty or suretyship, or otherwise assume liability for payment thereof; and to mortgage and pledge the Trust Property or any part  hereof to secure any of or all such obligations;
 
(i) Partnerships, etc. To enter into joint ventures, general or limited partnerships and any other combinations or associations;
 
 
8

 
 
(j) Insurance. To purchase and pay for entirely out of Trust Property such insurance as they may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Trust, including, without limitation, insurance policies insuring the assets of the Trust and payment of distributions and principal on its portfolio investments, and insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, consultants, Investment Advisers, managers, Administrators, Distributors, Principal Underwriters, Custodians, Accounting Agents, or other independent contractors, or any thereof (or any Person connected therewith), of the Trust, individually, against all claims and liabilities of every nature arising by reason of holding, being or having held any such office or position, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by any such Person in any such capacity, including any action taken or omitted that may be determined to constitute negligence, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability;
 
(k) Pensions, etc. To pay pensions for faithful service, as deemed appropriate by the Trustees, and to adopt, establish and carry out pension, profit sharing, share bonus, share purchase, savings, thrift, deferred compensation and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans, trusts and provisions, including the purchasing of life insurance and annuity contracts as a means of providing such retirement and other benefits, for any or all of the Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust;
 
(l) Power of Collection and Litigation. To collect, sue for and receive all sums of money coming due to the Trust, to employ counsel, and to commence, engage in, prosecute, intervene in, join, defend, compound, compromise, adjust or abandon, in arbitration or otherwise, in the name of the Trust, any and all actions, suits, proceedings, disputes, claims, controversies, demands or other litigation or legal proceedings relating to the Trust, the business of the Trust, the Trust Property, or the Trustees, officers, employees, agents and other independent contractors of the Trust, in their capacity as such, at law or in equity, or before any other bodies or tribunals, and to compromise, arbitrate or otherwise adjust any dispute to which the Trust may be a party, whether or not any suit is commenced or any claim shall have been made or asserted; and out of the assets of the Trust or the applicable Series or Class thereof to pay or to satisfy any debts, claims or expenses incurred in connection therewith, including those of litigation; and such power shall include without limitation the power of the Trustees or any appropriate committee thereof, in the exercise of their or its good faith business judgment, to dismiss any action, suit, proceeding, dispute, claim or demand, derivative or otherwise, brought by any Person, including a Shareholder in its own name or the name of the Trust, whether or not the Trust or any of the Trustees may be named individually therein or the subject matter arises by reason of business for or on behalf of the Trust;  
 
(m) Issuance and Repurchase of Shares. To authorize, issue, sell, repurchase, redeem, retire, cancel, acquire, hold, resell, reissue, dispose of, exchange, transfer, and otherwise deal in Shares of any Series, and, subject to Article 6 hereof, to apply to any such repurchase, redemption, retirement, cancellation or acquisition of Shares of any Series, any of the assets belonging to the Series to which such Shares relate, whether constituting capital or surplus or otherwise, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by applicable law; provided that any Shares belonging to the Trust shall not be voted, directly or indirectly;
 
 
9

 
 
(n) Offices. To have one or more offices, and to carry on all or any of the operations and business of the Trust, in any of the States, Districts or Territories of the United States, and in any and all foreign countries, subject to the laws of such State, District, Territory or country;
 
(o) Expenses. To pay or cause to be paid out of the principal or income of the Trust, or partly out of the principal and partly out of income, as they deem fair, all expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities incurred or arising in connection with the Trust, or in connection with the management thereof, including, but not limited to, the Trustees’ compensation and such expenses and charges for the services of the Trust’s officers, employees, Investment Advisers, Principal Underwriter, independent registered public accounting firm, counsel, Custodian, Transfer Agent, Shareholder Servicing Agent, and other agents or independent contractors and such other expenses and charges as the Trustees may deem necessary or proper to incur, which expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities shall be allocated in accordance with the terms of this Declaration of Trust;
 
(p) Agents, etc. To retain and employ any and all such servants, agents, employees, attorneys, brokers, Investment Advisers, accountants, architects, engineers, builders, escrow agents, depositories, consultants, ancillary trustees, custodians, agents for collection, insurers, banks and officers, as they think best for the business of the Trust or any Series, to supervise and direct the acts of any of the same, and to fix and pay their compensation and define their duties;
 
(q) Accounts. To determine, and from time to time change, the method or form in which the accounts of the Trust or any Series shall be kept;
 
(r) Valuation. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, to determine from time to time the value of all or any part of the Trust Property and of any services, assets, Securities, property or other consideration to be furnished to or acquired by the Trust, and from time to time to revalue all or any part of the Trust Property in accordance with such appraisals or other information as is, in the Trustees' sole judgment, necessary and satisfactory;
 
(s) Indemnification. In addition to the mandatory indemnification provided for in Article 8 hereof and to the extent permitted by law, to indemnify or enter into agreements with respect to indemnification with any Person with whom this Trust has dealings, including, without limitation, any independent contractor, to such extent as the Trustees shall determine;
 
(t)  Minimum Investments .  To establish, from time to time, a minimum investment for Shareholders in the Trust or in one or more Series or Classes, and to require the redemption of the Shares of any Shareholders whose investment is less than such minimum in accordance with Section 6.1(k) hereof;
 
(u) To cause each Shareholder, or each Shareholder of any particular Series or Class, to pay directly, in advance or arrears, for charges of the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent, Shareholder Servicing Agent or similar agent, an amount fixed from time to time by the Trustees, by setting off such charges due from such Shareholder from declared but unpaid dividends owed such Shareholder and/or by reducing the number of Shares in the account of such Shareholder by that number of full and/or fractional Shares which represents the outstanding amount of such charges due from such Shareholder;
 
 
10

 
 
(v) To establish one or more committees, to delegate any powers of the Trustees to such committees and to adopt a committee charter providing for such responsibilities, membership (including Trustees, officers or other agents of the Trust) and other characteristics of such committees as the Trustees may deem proper. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 3, and in addition to such provisions or any other provision of this Declaration of Trust or of the By-laws, the Trustees may by resolution appoint a committee consisting of fewer than the whole number of the Trustees then in office, which committee may be empowered to act for and bind the Trustees and the Trust, as if the acts of such committee were the acts of all the Trustees then in office, with respect to any matter including the institution, prosecution, dismissal, settlement, review or investigation of any action, suit or proceeding that may be pending or threatened to be brought before any court, administrative agency or other adjudicatory body;
 
(w) To establish a registered office and have a registered agent in the State of Delaware;  

(x)  To invest part or all of the Trust Property (or part or all of the assets of any Series), or to dispose of part or all of the Trust Property (or part or all of the assets of any Series) and invest the proceeds of such disposition, in interests issued by one or more other investment companies or pooled portfolios, each of which may (but need not) be a trust (formed under the laws of any state or jurisdiction) which is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, including investment by means of transfer of part or all of the Trust Property in exchange for an interest or interests in such one or more investment companies or pooled portfolios, all without any requirement of approval by Shareholders;
 
(z) To select or to authorize one or more persons to select brokers, dealers, futures commission merchants, banks or any agents or other entities, as appropriate, with which to effect transactions in securities and other instruments or investments; and
 
(aa) General. Subject to the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust, to do all such other acts and things and to conduct, operate, carry on and engage in such other lawful businesses or business activities as they shall in their sole and absolute discretion consider to be incidental to the business of the Trust or any Series as an investment company, and to exercise all powers which they shall in their discretion consider necessary, useful or appropriate to carry on the business of the Trust or any Series, to promote any of the purposes for which the Trust is formed, whether or not such things are specifically mentioned herein, in order to protect or promote the interests of the Trust or any Series, or otherwise to carry out the provisions of this Declaration.
 
Section 3.2.     Borrowings; Financings; Issuance of Securities. The Trustees have power, subject to the Fundamental Policies in effect from time to time with respect to the Trust, to borrow or in any other manner raise such sum or sums of money, and to incur such other indebtedness for goods or services, or for or in connection with the purchase or other acquisition of property, as they shall deem advisable for the purposes of the Trust, in any manner and on any terms, and to evidence the same by negotiable or nonnegotiable Securities which may mature at any time or times, even beyond the possible date of termination of the Trust; to secure borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting as security the Trust Property; to endorse, guarantee, or undertake the performance of an obligation, liability or engagement of any Person and to lend or pledge Trust Property or any part thereof to secure any or all of such obligations; to issue Securities of any type for such cash, property, services or other considerations, and at such time or times and upon such terms, as they may deem advisable; and to reacquire any such Securities. Any such Securities of the Trust may, at the discretion of the Trustees, be made convertible into Shares of any Series, or may evidence the right to purchase, subscribe for or otherwise acquire Shares of any Series, at such times and on such terms as the Trustees may prescribe.
 
 
11

 
 
Section 3.3.     Deposits. Subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Trustees shall have power to deposit any moneys or Securities included in the Trust Property with any one or more banks, trust companies or other banking institutions, whether or not such deposits will draw interest. Such deposits are to be subject to withdrawal in such manner as the Trustees may determine, and the Trustees shall have no responsibility for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company or other banking institution with which any such moneys or Securities have been deposited, except as provided in Section 8.2 hereof.
 
Section 3.4.     Allocations. The Trustees shall have power to determine whether moneys or other assets received by the Trust shall be charged or credited to income or capital, or allocated between income and capital, including the power to amortize or fail to amortize any part or all of any premium or discount, to treat any part or all of the profit resulting from the maturity or sale of any asset, whether purchased at a premium or at a discount, as income or capital, or to apportion the same between income and capital, to apportion the sale price of any asset between income and capital, and to determine in what manner any expenses or disbursements are to be borne as between income and capital, whether or not in the absence of the power and authority conferred by this Section 3.4 such assets would be regarded as income or as capital or such expense or disbursement would be charged to income or to capital; to treat any dividend or other distribution on any investment as income or capital, or to apportion the same between income and capital; to provide or fail to provide reserves, including reserves for depreciation, amortization or obsolescence with respect to any Trust Property in such amounts and by such methods as they shall determine; to allocate less than all of the consideration paid for Shares of any Series to surplus with respect to the Series to which such Shares relate and to allocate the balance thereof to paid-in capital of that Series, and to reallocate such amounts from time to time; all as the Trustees may reasonably deem proper.
 
Section 3.5.     Further Powers; Limitations. The Trustees shall have power to do all such other matters and things within or without the State of Delaware, in any and all states of the United States of America, in the District of Columbia, in any foreign countries, and in any and all commonwealths and territories, dependencies, colonies, possessions, agencies or instrumentalities of the United States of America and of foreign countries, and to execute all such instruments, as they deem necessary, proper or desirable in order to carry out, promote or advance the interests of the Trust, although such matters or things are not herein specifically mentioned. Any determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust made by the Trustees in good faith shall be conclusive. In construing the provisions of this Declaration of Trust, the presumption shall be in favor of a grant of power to the Trustees. The Trustees shall not be required to obtain any court order to deal with the Trust Property. The Trustees may limit their right to exercise any of their powers through express restrictive provisions in the instruments evidencing or providing the terms for any Securities of the Trust or in other contractual instruments adopted on behalf of the Trust.
 
 
12

 
 
ARTICLE 4
 
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS
 
Section 4.1.     Number Designation, Election, Term, etc.
 
(a) Initial Trustees. Upon their execution of this Declaration of Trust or a counterpart hereof or some other writing in which they accept such Trusteeship and agree to the provisions hereof, the individuals whose signatures are affixed hereto as initial Trustees shall become the initial Trustees hereof. Prior to a public offering of Shares there may be a sole Trustee.
 
(b) Number. The Trustees serving as such, whether named above or hereafter becoming Trustees, may increase (to not more than twenty (20)) or decrease the number of Trustees to a number other than the number theretofore determined by a Majority of the Trustees (or by an officer of the Trust pursuant to the vote of a Majority of the Trustees). No decrease in the number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his term, but the number of Trustees may be decreased in conjunction with the removal of a Trustee pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section 4.1.
 
(c) Election and Term. The Trustees shall be elected by the Shareholders of the Trust at the first meeting of Shareholders immediately prior to the initial public offering of Shares of the Trust, and the term of office of any Trustees in office before such election shall terminate at the time of such election. Subject to Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act and to the preceding sentence of this subsection (c), the Trustees shall have the power to set and alter the terms of office of the Trustees, and at any time to lengthen or shorten their own terms or make their terms of unlimited duration, to elect their own successors and, pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section 4.1, to appoint Trustees to fill vacancies; provided that Trustees shall be elected by a Majority Shareholder Vote at any such time or times as the Trustees shall determine that such action is required under Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act or, if not so required, that such action is advisable; and further provided that, after the initial election of Trustees by the Shareholders, the term of office of any incumbent Trustee shall continue until the termination of this Trust or his earlier death, resignation, retirement, bankruptcy, adjudicated incompetency or other incapacity or removal, or if not so terminated, until the election of such Trustee's successor in office has become effective.
 
(d) Resignation and Retirement. Any Trustee may resign his trust or retire as a Trustee, by a written instrument signed by him and delivered to the other Trustees or to of the Chairman, President or Secretary the Trust, and such resignation or retirement shall take effect upon such delivery or upon such later date as is specified in such instrument.
 
 
13

 
 
(e) Removal. Any Trustee may be removed with or without cause at any time: (i) by written instrument, signed by at least two thirds (2/3) of the number of Trustees prior to such removal, specifying the  date upon which such removal shall become effective; or (ii) by vote of Shareholders holding not less than two thirds (2/3) of the Shares of each Series then outstanding, cast in person or by proxy at any meeting called for the purpose; or (iii) by a written declaration signed by Shareholders holding not less than two thirds (2/3) of the Shares of each Series then outstanding. Upon incapacity or death of any Trustee, his legal representative shall execute and deliver on his behalf such documents as the remaining Trustees shall require in order to effect the purpose of this Subsection.
 
(f) Vacancies. Any vacancy or anticipated vacancy resulting from any reason, including an increase in the number of Trustees, may (but need not unless required by the 1940 Act) be filled by a Majority of the Trustees, subject to the provisions of Section 16(a) of the 1940 Act, through the appointment of such other individual as such remaining Trustees in their discretion shall determine; provided that if there shall be no Trustees in office, such vacancy or vacancies shall be filled by a Majority Shareholder Vote. Any such appointment or election shall be effective upon such individual's written acceptance of his appointment as a Trustee and his agreement to be bound by the provisions of this Declaration of Trust, except that any such appointment in anticipation of a vacancy to occur by reason of retirement, resignation or increase in the number of Trustees to be effective at a later date shall become effective only at or after the effective date of said retirement, resignation or increase in the  number of Trustees.
 
(g) Effect of Death, Resignation, etc. No vacancy, whether resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, bankruptcy, adjudicated incompetency, incapacity, or removal of any Trustee, an increase in the number of Trustees or otherwise, shall operate to annul or terminate the Trust hereunder or to revoke or terminate any existing agency or contract created or entered into pursuant to the terms of this Declaration of Trust. Until such vacancy is filled as provided in this Section 4.1, the Trustees in office (if any), regardless of their number, shall have all the powers granted to the Trustees and shall discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees by this Declaration.
 
(h)   Temporary Absence of Trustee . Any Trustee may, by power of attorney, delegate his power for a period not exceeding six months at any one time to any other Trustee or Trustees, provided that in no case shall less than two Trustees personally exercise the other powers hereunder except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless there is only one or two Trustees.
 
(i) No Accounting. Except to the extent required by the 1940 Act or under circumstances which would justify his removal for cause, no Person ceasing to be a Trustee (nor the estate of any such Person) shall be required to make an accounting to the Shareholders or remaining Trustees upon such cessation.
 
Section 4.2.     Trustees' Meetings. Annual and special meetings of the Trustees or any Committee may be held from time to time, in each case, upon the call of such officers as may be thereunto authorized by the By-Laws or vote of the Trustees, or by any two (2) Trustees, or pursuant to a vote of the Trustees adopted at a duly constituted meeting of the Trustees, and upon such notice as shall be provided in the By-Laws. Any such meeting may be held within or without the state of Delaware. The Trustees may act with or without a meeting, and a written consent to any matter, signed or evidenced by electronic transmission by a Majority of the Trustees, shall be equivalent to action duly taken at a meeting of the Trustees, duly called and held. Except as otherwise provided by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, or by this Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws, any action to be taken by the Trustees may be taken by a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting of Trustees (a quorum, consisting of at least a Majority of the Trustees, being present), within or without Delaware. If authorized by the By-Laws, all or any one or more Trustees may participate in a meeting of the Trustees or any Committee thereof by means of conference call or similar means of communication by means of which all Persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to such means of communication shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. The minutes of any meeting thus held shall be prepared in the same manner as a meeting at which all participants were present in person.
 
 
14

 
 
Section 4.3.     Committees; Delegation. The Trustees shall have power, consistent with their ultimate responsibility to supervise the affairs of the Trust, to delegate from time to time to one or more other Committees, or to any single Trustee, the doing of such things and the execution of such deeds or other instruments, either in the name of the Trust or the names of the Trustees or as their attorney or attorneys in fact, or otherwise as the Trustees may from time to time deem expedient, and any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other instrument or writing executed by the Trustee or Trustees or other Person to whom such delegation was made shall be valid and binding upon the Trustees and upon the Trust.
 
Section 4.4.     Officers. The Trustees shall elect such officers or agents, who shall have such powers, duties and responsibilities as the Trustees may deem to be advisable, and as they shall specify by resolution or in the By-Laws. Except as may be provided in the By-Laws, any officer elected by the Trustees may be removed at any time with or without cause. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same individual.
 
Section 4.5.     Compensation of Trustees and Officers. The Trustees shall fix the compensation of all officers and Trustees. Without limiting the generality of any of the provisions hereof, the Trustees shall be entitled to receive reasonable compensation for their general services as such, and to fix the amount of such compensation, and to pay themselves or any one or more of themselves such compensation for special services, including legal, accounting, or other professional services, as they in good faith may deem reasonable. No Trustee or officer resigning (except where a right to receive compensation for a definite future period shall be expressly provided in a written agreement with the Trust, duly approved by the Trustees) and no Trustee or officer removed shall have any right to any compensation as such Trustee or officer for any period following his resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of his removal, whether his compensation be by the month, or the year or otherwise.
 
Section 4.6.     Ownership of Shares and Securities of the Trust. Any Trustee, and any officer, employee or agent of the Trust, and any organization in which any such Person is interested, may acquire, own, hold and dispose of Shares of any Series and other Securities of the Trust for his or its individual account, and may exercise all rights of a holder of such Shares or Securities to the same extent and in the same manner as if such Person were not such a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust; subject, in the case of Trustees and officers, to the same  limitations as directors or officers (as the case may be) of a Delaware business corporation; and the Trust may issue and sell or cause to be issued and sold and may purchase or redeem any such Shares or other Securities from any such Person or any such organization, subject only to the general limitations, restrictions or other provisions applicable to the sale or purchase of Shares of such Series or other Securities of the Trust generally.
 
 
15

 
 
Section 4.7.     Right of Trustees and Officers to Own Property or to Engage in Business; Authority of Trustees to Permit Others to Do Likewise. The Trustees, in their capacity as Trustees, and (unless otherwise specifically directed by vote of the Trustees) the officers of the Trust in their capacity as such, shall not be required to devote their entire time to the business and affairs of the Trust. Except as otherwise specifically provided by vote of the Trustees, or by agreement in any particular case, any Trustee or officer of the Trust may acquire, own, hold and dispose of, for his own individual account, any property, and acquire, own, hold, carry on and dispose of, for his own individual account, any business entity or business activity, whether similar or dissimilar to any property or business entity or business activity invested in or carried on by the Trust, and without first offering the same as an investment opportunity to the Trust subject to any policies or procedures concerning investment opportunities approved by the Trustees, and may exercise all rights in respect thereof as if he were not a Trustee or officer of the Trust. The Trustees shall also have power, generally or in specific cases, to permit employees or agents of the Trust to have the same rights (or lesser rights) to acquire, hold, own and dispose of property and businesses, to carry on businesses, and to accept investment opportunities without offering them to the Trust, as the Trustees have by virtue of this Section 4.7.
 
Section 4.8.     Reliance on Experts. The Trustees and officers may consult with counsel, engineers, brokers, appraisers, auctioneers, accountants, investment bankers, securities analysts or other Persons (any of which may be a firm in which one or more of the Trustees or officers is or are members or otherwise interested) whose profession gives authority to a statement made by them on the subject in question, and who are reasonably deemed by the Trustees or officers in question to be competent, and the advice or opinion of such Persons shall be full and complete personal protection to all of the Trustees and officers with respect to any action taken or suffered by them in good faith and in reliance on or in accordance with such advice or opinion. In discharging their duties, Trustees and officers, when acting in good faith, may rely upon financial statements of the Trust represented to them to be correct by any officer of the Trust having charge of its books of account, or stated in a written report by an independent certified public accountant fairly to present the financial position of the Trust. The Trustees and officers may rely, and shall be personally protected in acting, upon any instrument or other document believed by them to be genuine.
 
Section 4.9.     Surety Bonds. No Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall, as such, be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his duties, unless required by applicable law or regulation, or unless the Trustees shall otherwise determine in any particular case.
 
Section 4.10.     Apparent Authority of Trustees and Officers. No purchaser, lender, transfer agent or other Person dealing with the Trustees or any officer of the Trust shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by such officer, or to make inquiry concerning or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of such officer.
 
Section 4.11.     Other Relationships Not Prohibited. The fact that:
 
(i) any of the Shareholders, Trustees or officers of the Trust is a shareholder, director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, manager, adviser, principal underwriter or distributor or agent of or for any Contracting Party, or of or for any parent or affiliate of any Contracting Party, or that the Contracting Party or any parent or affiliate thereof is a Shareholder or has an interest in the Trust or any Series, or that
 
 
16

 
 
(ii) any Contracting Party may have a contract providing for the rendering of any similar services to one or more other corporations, trusts, associations, partnerships, limited partnerships or other organizations, or have other business or interests,
 
shall not affect the validity of any contract for the performance and assumption of services, duties and responsibilities to, for or of the Trust and/or the Trustees or disqualify any Shareholder, Trustee or officer of the Trust from voting upon or executing the same or create any liability or accountability to the Trust or to the holders of Shares of any Series; provided that, in the case of any relationship or interest referred to in the preceding clause (i) on the part of any Trustee or officer of the Trust, either (x) the material facts as to such relationship or interest have been disclosed to or are known by the Trustees not having any such relationship or interest and the contract involved is approved in good faith by a majority of such Trustees not having any such relationship or interest (even though such unrelated or disinterested Trustees are less than a quorum of all of the Trustees), (y) the material facts as to such relationship or interest and as to the contract have been disclosed to or are known by the Shareholders entitled to vote thereon and the contract involved is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the Shareholders, or (z) the specific contract involved is fair to the Trust as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Trustees or by the Shareholders.
 
Section 4.12.     Payment of Trust Expenses. The Trustees are authorized to pay or to cause to be paid out of the principal or income of the Trust, or partly out of principal and partly out of income, and according to any allocation to a particular Series and Class made by them pursuant to Section 6.1(f) hereof, all expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities incurred or arising in connection with the business and affairs of the Trust or in connection with the management thereof, including, but not limited to, the Trustees' compensation and such expenses and charges for the services of the Trust's officers, employees, Investment Adviser, Administrator, Distributor, Principal Underwriter, auditor, counsel, Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent, Accounting Agent, Shareholder Servicing Agent, and such other agents, consultants, and independent contractors and such other expenses and charges as the Trustees may deem necessary or proper to incur.
 
Section 4.13.     Ownership of the Trust Property. Legal title to all the Trust Property shall be vested in the Trustees as joint tenants, except that the Trustees shall have power to cause legal title to any Trust Property to be held by or in the name of one or more of the Trustees, or in the name of the Trust, or of any particular Series, or in the name of any other Person as nominee, on such terms as the Trustees may determine; provided that the interest of the Trust and of the respective Series therein is appropriately protected. The right, title and interest of the Trustees in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in each Person who may hereafter become a Trustee. Upon the termination of the term of office of a Trustee as provided in Section 4.1(c), (d) or (e) hereof, such Trustee shall automatically cease to have any right, title or interest in any of the Trust Property, and the right, title and interest of such Trustee in the Trust Property shall vest automatically in the remaining Trustees.
 
 
17

 
 
Section 4.14.    By-Laws. The Trustees may adopt and from time to time amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE 5
 
DELEGATION OF MANAGERIAL RESPONSIBILITIES
 
Section 5.1.     Appointment; Action by Less than All Trustees. The Trustees shall be responsible for the general operating policy of the Trust and for the general supervision of the business of the Trust conducted by officers, agents, employees or advisers of the Trust or by independent contractors, but the Trustees shall not be personally required to conduct all the business of the Trust and, consistent with their ultimate responsibility as stated herein, the Trustees may appoint, employ or contract with one or more officers, employees and agents to conduct, manage and/or supervise the operations of the Trust, and may grant or delegate such authority to such officers, employees and/or agents as the Trustees may, in their sole discretion, deem to be necessary or desirable, without regard to whether such authority is normally granted or delegated by trustees. With respect to those matters of the operation and business of the Trust which they shall elect to conduct themselves, except as otherwise provided by this Declaration or the By-Laws, if any, the Trustees may authorize any single Trustee or defined group of Trustees, or any Committee consisting of a number of Trustees less than the whole number of Trustees then in office without specification of the particular Trustees required to be included therein, to act for and to bind the Trust, to the same extent as the whole number of Trustees could do, either with respect to one or more particular matters or classes of matters, or generally.
 
Section 5.2.     Certain Contracts. Subject to compliance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, but notwithstanding any limitations of present and future law or custom in regard to delegation of powers by trustees generally, the Trustees may, at any time and from time to time in their discretion and without limiting the generality of their powers and authority otherwise set forth herein, enter into one or more contracts with any one or more corporations, trusts, associations, partnerships, limited partnerships, limited liability companies or other types of organizations, or individuals ("Contracting Party"), to provide for the performance and assumption of some or all of the following services, duties and responsibilities to, for or on behalf of the Trust and/or any Series, and/or the Trustees, and to provide for the performance and assumption of such other services, duties and responsibilities in addition to those set forth below, as the Trustees may deem appropriate:
 
(a) Investment Advisory. An investment advisory or management agreement whereby the agent shall undertake to furnish each Series of the Trust such management, investment advisory or supervisory, statistical and research facilities and services, and such other facilities and services, if any, as the Trustees shall from time to time consider desirable, all upon such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine to be not inconsistent with this Declaration, the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act or any applicable provisions of the By-Laws (any such agent being herein referred to as an "Investment Adviser"). To the extent required by the 1940 Act, any such advisory or management agreement and any amendment thereto shall be subject to approval by a Majority Shareholder Vote at a meeting of the Shareholders of the applicable Series of the Trust. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Declaration, the Trustees may authorize each Investment Adviser (subject to such general or specific instructions as the Trustees may from time to time adopt) to effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Securities of the Trust on behalf of the Trustees or may authorize any officer or employee of the Trust or any Trustee to effect such purchases, sales, loans or exchanges pursuant to recommendations of the Investment Adviser (and all without further action by the Trustees). Any such purchases, sales, loans and exchanges shall be deemed to have been authorized by all of the Trustees. The Trustees may, in their sole discretion, call a meeting of Shareholders in order to submit to a vote of Shareholders of the applicable Series of Trust at such meeting the approval of or continuance of any such investment advisory or management agreement.
 
 
18

 
 
The Trustees may authorize, subject to applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, any Investment Adviser to employ, from time to time, one or more sub-advisers to perform such of the acts and services of such Investment Adviser, and upon such terms and conditions, as may be agreed upon between the Investment Adviser and sub-adviser. Any reference in this Declaration to the Investment Adviser shall be deemed to include such sub-advisers, unless the context otherwise requires.
 
(b) Administration. An agreement whereby an agent, or agents, subject to the general supervision of the Trustees and in conformity with any policies of the Trustees with respect to the operations of the Trust and each Series, will supervise all or any part of the operations of the Trust and each Series, and will provide all or any part of the administrative and clerical personnel, office space and office equipment and services appropriate for the efficient administration and operations of the Trust and each Series (any such agent(s) being herein referred to as an "Administrator").
 
(c) Underwriting. An agreement providing for the sale of Shares of any one or more Series to net the Trust not less than the net asset value per Share (as described in Section 6.1(l) hereof) and pursuant to which the Trust may appoint the other party to such agreement as its principal underwriter or distributor for the distribution of such Shares. The agreement shall contain such terms and conditions as the Trustees may in their discretion determine to be not inconsistent with this Declaration, the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and any applicable provisions of the By-Laws (any such agent being herein referred to as a "Distributor" or a "Principal Underwriter," as the case may be).
 
(d) Custodian. The appointment of an agent meeting the requirements for a custodian for the assets of investment companies contained in the 1940 Act as custodian of the Securities, assets and cash of the Trust and of each Series and of the accounting records in connection therewith (any such agent being herein referred to as a "Custodian").
 
(e) Transfer and Dividend Disbursing Agent. An agreement with an agent to maintain records of the ownership of outstanding Shares, the issuance and redemption and the transfer thereof (any such agent being herein referred to as a "Transfer Agent"), and to disburse any dividends declared by the Trustees and in accordance with the policies of the Trust and/or the instructions of any particular Shareholder to reinvest any such dividends (any such agent being herein referred to as a "Dividend Disbursing Agent").
 
 
19

 
 
(f) Shareholder Servicing. An agreement with an agent to provide service with respect to the relationship of the Trust and its Shareholders, records with respect to Shareholders and their Shares, and similar matters (any such agent being herein referred to as a "Shareholder Servicing Agent").
 
(g) Accounting. An agreement with an agent to handle all or any part of the accounting responsibilities, whether with respect to the Trust's properties, Shareholders or otherwise (any such agent being herein referred to as an "Accounting Agent").
 
In addition, the Trustees may from time to time cause the Trust or any Series thereof to enter into agreements with respect to such other services and upon such other terms and conditions as they may deem necessary, appropriate or desirable. The same Person may be the Contracting Party for some or all of the services, duties and responsibilities to, for and of the Trust and/or the Trustees, and the contracts with respect thereto may contain such terms interpretive of or in addition to the delineation of the services, duties and responsibilities provided for, including provisions that are not inconsistent with the 1940 Act relating to the standard of duty of and the rights to indemnification of the Contracting Party and others, as the Trustees may determine. Nothing herein shall preclude, prevent or limit the Trust or a Contracting Party from entering into subcontractual arrangements relative to any of the matters referred to in subsections (a) through (g) of this Section 5.2.
 
Section 5.3.     Distribution Arrangements. Subject to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Trustees may adopt and amend or repeal from time to time and implement one or more plans of distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act which plan(s) will provide for the payment of specified marketing, distribution and shareholder relations expenses of the Trust and any or all Series and their agents and the agents of such agents.
 
Section 5.4.     Service Arrangements. Subject to compliance with the 1940 Act, the Trustees may adopt and amend or repeal from time to time and implement one or more service plans which plans will provide for the payment to Persons for providing ongoing services to holders of the shares of such Trust or any Series thereof and in connection with the maintenance of such shareholders' accounts.
 
Section 5.5.     Parties to Contract . Any contract described in Section 5.2 may be entered into with any corporation, firm, partnership, trust or association, although one or more of the Trustees or officers of the Trust may be an officer, director, trustee, shareholder, or member of such other party to the contract, and no such contract shall be invalidated or rendered void or voidable by reason of the existence of any relationship, nor shall any person holding such relationship be disqualified from voting on or executing the same in his capacity as Shareholder and/or Trustee, nor shall any Person holding such relationship be liable merely by reason of such relationship for any loss or expense to the Trust under or by reason of said contract or accountable for any profit realized directly or indirectly therefrom, provided that the contract when entered into was not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article 5. The same Person (including a firm, corporation, partnership, trust, or association) may be the other party to contracts entered into pursuant to Section 5.2, and any individual may be financially interested or otherwise affiliated with persons who are parties to any or all of the contracts mentioned in Section 5.2.
 
 
20

 
 
ARTICLE 6
 
SERIES AND SHARES
 
Section 6.1.     Description of Series and Shares.
 
(a) General. The beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided into Shares having $0.01 par value per Share, of which an unlimited number may be issued. The Trustees shall have the authority from time to time to establish and designate one or more separate, distinct and independent Series of Shares (each of which Series, including without limitation each Series authorized in Section 6.1(b) hereof, shall represent interests only in the assets attributed by the Trustees to such Series), and to authorize separate Classes of Shares of any such Series, as they deem necessary or desirable. The Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, divide interests of any Series into two or more Classes.
 
(b) Establishment, etc. of Series; Authorization of Shares. The establishment and designation of any Series or Class and the authorization of the Shares thereof shall be effective upon the execution by a Majority of the Trustees (or by an officer of the Trust pursuant to the vote of a Majority of the Trustees) of an instrument setting forth such establishment and designation and the relative rights and preferences of the Shares of such Series or Class and the manner in which the same may be amended (a "Certificate of Designation"), and may provide that the number of Shares of such Series or Class which may be issued is unlimited, or may limit the number issuable. At any time that there are no Shares outstanding of any particular Series or Class previously established and designated, the Trustees may by an instrument executed by a Majority of the Trustees (or by an officer of the Trust pursuant to the vote of a Majority of the Trustees) terminate such Series or Class and the establishment and designation thereof and the authorization of its Shares (a "Certificate of Termination"). Each Certificate of Designation, Certificate of Termination and any instrument amending a Certificate of Designation shall have the status of an amendment to this Declaration of Trust.
 
(c) Character of Separate Series and Shares Thereof. Each Series established hereunder shall represent beneficial interests in a separate component of the assets of the Trust. Holders of Shares of a Series shall be considered Shareholders of such Series, but such Shareholders shall also be considered Shareholders of the Trust for purposes of receiving reports and notices and, except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Designation of a particular Series, or as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, the right to vote, all without distinction by Series. The Trustees shall have exclusive power without Shareholder approval to establish and designate such separate and distinct Series, and to fix and determine the relative rights and preferences as between the shares of the respective Series, and as between the Classes of any Series, as to rights of redemption and the price, terms and manner of redemption, special and relative rights as to dividends and other distributions and on liquidation, sinking or purchase fund provisions, conversion rights, and conditions under which the Shareholders of the several Series or the several Classes of any Series of Shares shall have separate voting rights or no voting rights. Except as otherwise provided as to a particular Series herein, or in the Certificate of Designation therefore, the Trustees shall have all the rights and powers, and be subject to all the duties and obligations, with respect to each such Series and the assets and affairs thereof as they have under this Declaration with respect to the Trust and the Trust Property in general. Separate and distinct records shall be maintained for each Series of Shares and the assets and liabilities attributable thereto.
 
 
21

 
 
(d) Consideration for Shares. The Trustees may issue Shares of any Series for such consideration (which may include property subject to, or acquired in connection with the assumption of, liabilities) and on such terms as they may determine (or for no consideration if pursuant to a Share dividend or split-up), all without action or approval of the Shareholders. All Shares when so issued on the terms determined by the Trustees shall be fully paid and nonassessable (but may be subject to mandatory contribution back to the Trust as provided in Section 6.1(n) hereof. The Trustees may classify or reclassify any unissued Shares, or any Shares of any Series previously issued and reacquired by the Trust, into Shares of one or more other Series that may be established and designated from time to time.
 
(e) Assets Belonging to Series. Any portion of the Trust Property allocated to a particular Series, and all consideration received by the Trust for the issue or sale of Shares of such Series, together with all assets in which such consideration is invested or reinvested, all interest, dividends, income, earnings, profits and gains therefrom, and proceeds thereof, including any proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of such assets, and any funds or payments derived from any reinvestment of such proceeds in whatever form the same may be, shall be held by the Trustees in trust for the benefit of the holders of Shares of that Series and shall irrevocably belong to that Series for all purposes, and shall be so recorded upon the books of account of the Trust, and the Shareholders of such Series shall not have, and shall be conclusively deemed to have waived, any claims to the assets of any Series of which they are not Shareholders. Such consideration, assets, interest, dividends, income, earnings, profits, gains and proceeds, together with any General Items allocated to that Series as provided in the following sentence, are herein referred to collectively as assets "belonging to" that Series. In the event that there are any assets, income, earnings, profits or funds, or payments and proceeds with respect thereto, and proceeds thereof, funds, identifiable as belonging to any particular Series (collectively, "General Items"), the Trustees shall allocate such General Items to and among any one or more of the Series established and designated from time to time in such manner and on such basis as they, in their sole discretion, deem fair and equitable; and any General Items so allocated to a particular Series shall belong to and be part of the assets belonging to that Series. Each such allocation by the Trustees shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders of all Series for all purposes.
 
(f) Liabilities of Series. The assets belonging to each particular Series shall be charged with the liabilities with respect to that Series and all expenses, costs, charges and reserves attributable to that Series, and any general liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or reserves of the Trust which are not readily identifiable as pertaining to any particular Series shall be allocated and charged by the Trustees to and among any one or more of the Series established and designated from time to time in such manner and on such basis as the Trustees in their sole discretion deem fair and equitable. The indebtedness, expenses, costs, charges and reserves allocated and so charged to a particular Series are herein referred to as "liabilities of" that Series. Each allocation of liabilities, expenses, costs, charges and reserves by the Trustees shall be conclusive and binding upon the Shareholders of all Series for all purposes.
 
 
22

 
 
(g) Limitation on Inter-Series Liabilities .  Without limitation of the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1, but subject to the right of the Trustees in their discretion to allocate general liabilities, expenses, costs, charges or reserves as herein provided, the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular Series shall be enforceable against the assets belonging to such Series only, and not against the assets of the Trust generally or any other Series. Notice of this limitation on inter-Series liabilities shall be set forth in the certificate of trust of the Trust (whether originally or by amendment) as filed or to be filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Act, and upon the giving of such notice in the certificate of trust, the statutory provisions of Section 3804 of the Act relating to limitations on inter-Series liabilities (and the statutory effect under Section 3804 of setting forth such notice in the certificate of trust) shall become applicable to the Trust and each Series. Any Person extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trust with respect to a particular Series may satisfy or enforce any debt, liability, obligation or expense incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to that Series from the assets of that Series only. No Shareholder or former Shareholder of any Series shall have a claim on or any right to any assets allocated or belonging to any other Series.
 
(h) Mistake in Payment of Liabilities .  If, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.1, any liability properly charged to a Series or Class is paid from the assets of another Series or Class, the Series or Class from the assets of which the liability was paid shall be reimbursed from the assets of the Series or Class to which such liability belonged.
 
(i) Dividends. Dividends and distributions on Shares of a particular Series may be paid with such frequency as the Trustees may determine, which may be daily or otherwise pursuant to a standing resolution or resolutions adopted only once or with such frequency as the Trustees may determine, to the Shareholders of that Series or Class, from such of the income, accrued or realized, and capital gains, realized or unrealized, and out of the assets belonging to that Series, as the Trustees may determine, after providing for actual and accrued liabilities of that Series. All dividends and distributions on Shares of a particular Series shall be distributed pro rata to the Shareholders of that Series in proportion to the number of such Shares held by such holders at the date and time of record established for the payment of such dividends or distributions, except that the dividends and distributions of investment income and capital gains with respect to each Class of Shares of a particular Series shall be in such amount as may be declared from time to time by the Trustees, and such dividends and distributions may vary as between such Classes to reflect differing allocations of the expenses of the Series between the Shareholders of such several Classes and any resultant differences between the net asset value of such several Classes to such extent and for such purposes as the Trustees may deem appropriate and further except that, in connection with any dividend or distribution program or procedure, the Trustees may determine that no dividend or distribution shall be payable on Shares as to which the Shareholder's purchase order and/or payment in the prescribed form have not been received by the time or times established by the Trustees under such program or procedure, or that dividends or distributions shall be payable on Shares which have been tendered by the holder thereof for redemption or repurchase, but the redemption or repurchase proceeds of which have not yet been paid to such Shareholder. Such dividends and distributions may be made in cash, property or Shares of any Class of that Series or a combination thereof as determined by the Trustees, or pursuant to any program that the Trustees may have in effect at the time for the election by each Shareholder of the mode of the making of such dividend or distribution to that Shareholder. Any such dividend or distribution paid in Shares will be paid at the net asset value thereof as determined in accordance with subsection (l) of this Section 6.1.
 
 
23

 
 
(j) Liquidation. In the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof, the Shareholders of each Series (or Class) of which Shares are outstanding shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Trustees, the excess of the assets belonging to that Series (or Class) over the liabilities of such Series (or Class). The assets so distributable to the Shareholders of any particular Series (or Class) shall be distributed among such Shareholders in proportion to the number of Shares of that Series (or Class) held by them and recorded on the books of the Trust.
 
(k) Voting. The Shareholders shall have the voting rights set forth in or determined under Article 7 hereof.
 
(l) Redemption by Shareholder. Unless the Trustees otherwise determine with respect to a particular Series of Class at the time of establishing and designating the same and subject to the 1940Act, each holder of Shares of a particular Series shall have the right at such times as may be permitted by the Trust, to require the Trust (out of the assets belonging to the applicable Series or Class) to redeem all or any part of his Shares at a redemption price equal to the net asset value per Share of that Series or Class next determined in accordance with subsection (l) of this Section 6.1 after the Shares are properly tendered for redemption; provided, however, that the Trustees may from time to time, in their discretion, determine and impose a fee for such redemption and that the proceeds of the redemption of Shares (including a fractional Share) of any Class of a particular Series shall be reduced by the amount of any applicable contingent deferred sales charge or other sales charge, if any, payable on such redemption of Shares of such Class (to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act or regulations or exemptions thereunder). Payment of the redemption price shall be in cash; provided, however, that if the Trustees determine, which determination shall be conclusive, that conditions exist which make payment wholly in cash unwise or undesirable, the Trust may make payment wholly or partly in Securities or other assets belonging to such Series at the value of such Securities or assets used in such determination of net asset value. Subject to the foregoing, the fair value, selection and quantity of Securities or other assets so paid or delivered as all or part of the redemption price may be determined by or under the authority of the Trustees.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may postpone payment of the redemption price and may suspend the right of the holders of Shares of any Series to require the Trust to redeem Shares of that Series during any period or at any time when and to the extent permissible under the 1940 Act.
 
 
24

 
 
(m) Redemption at the Option of the Trust.
 
(i) Unless the Trustees otherwise determine, each Share of the Trust, or Series or Class thereof that has been established and designated, is subject to redemption (out of the assets belonging to the applicable Series (or Class) by the Trust at the redemption price which would be applicable if such Share was then being redeemed by the holder pursuant to Section 6.1(j) hereof: (a) at any time, if the Trustees determine in their sole discretion and by vote of a Majority of the Trustees that it is in the best interest of the Trust, or any Series or Class thereof, to so redeem; or (b) upon such other conditions as may from time to time be determined by the Trustees.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustees may cause the Trust to redeem (out of the assets belonging to the applicable Series or Class) all of the Shares of one or more Series or Classes held by (i) any Shareholder if the value of such Shares held by such Shareholder is less than the minimum amount established from time to time by the Trustees, or (ii) any Shareholder to reimburse the Trust for any loss or expense it has sustained or incurred by reason of the failure of such Shareholder to make full payment for Shares purchased by such Shareholder, or by reason of any defective redemption request, or by reason of indebtedness incurred because of such Shareholder or to collect any charge relating to a transaction effected for the benefit of such Shareholder or as provided in the Prospectus relating to such Shares.  Upon such redemption the holders of the Shares so redeemed shall have no further right with respect thereto other than to receive payment of such redemption price.

(ii) If the Trustees shall, at any time and in good faith, determine that direct or indirect ownership of Shares of any Series or Class thereof has or may become concentrated in any Person to an extent that would disqualify any Series as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code, then the Trustees shall have the power (but not the obligation), by such means as they deem equitable, to (i) call for the redemption of a number, or amount, of Shares held by such Person sufficient to maintain or bring the direct or indirect ownership of Shares into conformity with the requirements for such qualification, (ii) refuse to transfer or issue Shares of any Series or Class thereof to such Person whose acquisition of the Shares in question would result in such disqualification, or (iii) take such other actions as they deem necessary and appropriate to avoid such disqualification.
 
(n) Net Asset Value. The net asset value per Share of any Series at any time shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the value of the net assets of such Series at such time (being the current value of the assets belonging to such Series, less its then existing liabilities) by the total number of Shares of that Series then outstanding. The net asset value of the several Classes of a particular Series shall be separately computed, and may vary from one another. The Trustees shall establish procedures for the allocation of investment income or capital gains and expenses and liabilities of a particular Series between the several Classes of such Series. The Trustees may determine to maintain the net asset value per Share of any Series at a designated constant dollar amount and in connection therewith may adopt procedures not inconsistent with the 1940 Act for the continuing declaration of income attributable to that Series or Class thereof as dividends payable in additional Shares of that Series or Class thereof at the designated constant dollar amount and for the handling of any losses attributable to that Series or Class thereof. Such procedures may provide that in the event of any loss each Shareholder shall be deemed to have contributed to the shares of beneficial interest account of that Series or Class thereof his pro rata portion of the total number of Shares required to be canceled in order to permit the net asset value per Share of that Series or Class thereof to be maintained, after reflecting such loss, at the designated constant dollar amount. Each Shareholder of the Trust shall be deemed to have expressly agreed, by his investment in any Series with respect to which the Trustees shall have adopted any such procedure, to make the contribution referred to in the preceding sentence in the event of any such loss.
 
 
25

 
 
(o) Transfer. All Shares of each particular Series shall be transferable, but transfers of Shares of a particular Series will be recorded on the Share transfer records of the Trust applicable to that Series only at such times as Shareholders shall have the right to require the Trust to redeem Shares of that Series and at such other times as may be permitted by the Trustees.
 
(p) Equality. All Shares of each particular Series shall represent an equal proportionate interest in the assets belonging to that Series (subject to the liabilities of that Series), and each Share of any particular Series shall be equal to each other Share thereof; but the provisions of this sentence shall not restrict any distinctions between the several Classes of a Series permissible under this Section 6.1 or under Section 7.1 hereof nor any distinctions permissible under subsection (g) of this Section 6.1 that may exist with respect to dividends and distributions on Shares of the same Series. The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares of any class of particular Series into a greater or lesser number of Shares of that class of a Series without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in the assets belonging to that Series or in any way affecting the rights of the holders of Shares of any other Series.
 
(q) Rights of Fractional Shares. Any fractional Share of any Series shall carry proportionately all the rights and obligations of a whole Share of that Series, including rights and obligations with respect to voting, receipt of dividends and distributions, redemption of Shares, and liquidation of the Trust or of the Series to which they pertain.
 
(r) Conversion Rights.
 
(i) Subject to compliance with the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Trustees shall have the authority to provide that holders of Shares of any Series shall have the right to convert said Shares into Shares of one or more other Series, that holders of any Class of a Series of Shares shall have the right to convert said Shares of such Class into Shares of one or more other Classes of such Series, and that Shares of any Class of a Series shall be automatically converted into Shares of another Class of such Series, in each case in accordance with such requirements and procedures as the Trustees may establish.
 
(ii) The number of Shares into which a convertible Share shall convert shall equal the number (including for this purpose fractions of a Share) obtained by dividing the net asset value per Share for purposes of sales and redemptions of the converting Share on the Conversion Date by the net asset value per Share for purposes of sales and redemptions of the Class of Shares into which it is converting on the Conversion Date.
 
 
26

 
 
(iii) On the Conversion Date, the Share converting into another share will cease to accrue dividends and will no longer be deemed outstanding and the rights of the holders thereof (except the right to receive the number of target Shares into which the converting Shares have been converted and declared but unpaid dividends to the Conversion Date) will cease. Certificates representing Shares resulting from the conversion need not be issued until certificates representing Shares converted, if issued, have been received by the Trust or its agent duly endorsed for transfer.
 
(iv) The Trust will appropriately reflect the conversion of Shares of one Class of a Series into Shares of another Class of such Series on the first periodic statements of account sent to Shareholders of record affected which provide account information with respect to a reporting period which includes the date such conversion occurred.
 
(s)      Power to Modify Procedures .
 
(i) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.1, the Trustees may prescribe, in their absolute discretion except as may be required by the 1940 Act, such other bases and times for determining the Net Asset Value of the Shares or net income, or the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions as they may deem necessary or desirable for any reason, including to enable the Trust to comply with any provision of the 1940 Act, or any securities exchange or association registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any order of exemption issued by the Commission, all as in effect now or hereafter amended or modified.
 
(ii) Nothing in this Declaration of Trust shall be deemed to restrict the ability of the Trustees in their full discretion, without the need for any notice to, or approval by the Shareholders of, any Series or Class, to allocate, reallocate or authorize the contribution or payment, directly or indirectly, to one or more than one Series or Class of the following: (i) assets, income, earnings, profits, and proceeds thereof, (ii) proceeds derived from the sale, exchange or liquidation of assets, and (iii) any cash or other assets contributed or paid to the Trust from a manager, administrator or other adviser of the Trust or an Affiliated Person thereof, or other third party, another Series or another Class, in each case to remediate misallocations of income and capital gains, ensure equitable treatment of Shareholders of a Series or Class, or for such other valid reason determined by the Trustees.
 
Section 6.2.     Ownership of Shares. The ownership of Shares shall be recorded on the books of the Trust or of a Transfer Agent or similar agent for the Trust, which books shall be maintained separately for the Shares of each Series that has been authorized. Certificates evidencing the ownership of Shares need not be issued except as the Trustees may otherwise determine from time to time, and the Trustees shall have power to call outstanding Share certificates and to replace them with book entries. The Trustees may make such rules as they consider appropriate for the issuance of Share certificates, the use of facsimile signatures, the transfer of Shares and similar matters. The record books of the Trust, as kept by the Trust or any Transfer Agent or similar agent, as the case may be, shall be conclusive as to who are the Shareholders and as to the number of Shares of each Series held from time to time by each such Shareholder.
 
 
27

 
 
The holders of Shares of each Series shall upon demand disclose to the Trustees in writing such information with respect to their direct and indirect ownership of Shares of such Series as the Trustees deem necessary to comply with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or to comply with the requirements of any other authority.
 
Section 6.3.    Investments in the Trust. The Trustees may accept investments in any Series of the Trust from such Persons and on such terms and for such consideration, not inconsistent with the provisions of the 1940 Act, as they from time to time authorize. The Trustees may authorize any Distributor, Principal Underwriter, Custodian, Transfer Agent or other Person to accept orders for the purchase of Shares that conform to such authorized terms and to reject any purchase orders for Shares, whether or not conforming to such authorized terms.
 
Section 6.4.     No Preemptive Rights. No Shareholder, by virtue of holding Shares of any Series, shall have any preemptive or other right to subscribe to any additional Shares of that Series, or to any shares of any other Series, or any other Securities issued by the Trust.
 
Section 6.5.     No Appraisal Rights . Shareholders shall have no right to demand payment for their Shares or to any other rights of dissenting Shareholders in the event the Trust participates in any transaction which would give rise to appraisal or dissenters’ rights by a stockholder of a corporation organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or would otherwise give rise to such appraisal or dissenters’ rights.
 
Section 6.6.     Status of Shares. Every Shareholder, by virtue of having become a Shareholder, shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof and to have become a party hereto. Shares shall be deemed to be personal property, giving only the rights provided herein. Ownership of Shares shall not entitle the Shareholder to any title in or to the whole or any part of the Trust Property or right to call for a partition or division of the same or for an accounting, nor shall the ownership of Shares constitute the Shareholders partners. The death of a Shareholder during the continuance of the Trust shall not operate to terminate the Trust or any Series, nor entitle the representative of any deceased Shareholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trust or the Trustees, but only to the rights of said decedent as a Shareholder under this Declaration of Trust.
 
ARTICLE 7
 
SHAREHOLDERS' VOTING POWERS AND MEETINGS
 
Section 7.1.     Voting Powers. The Shareholders shall have power to vote only (i) for the election or removal of Trustees as provided in Sections 4.1(c), (e) and (f) hereof, (ii) with respect to the approval or termination in accordance with the 1940 Act of any contract with a Contracting Party as provided in Section 5.2 hereof as to which Shareholder approval is required by the 1940 Act, (iii) with respect to any reorganization of the Trust or any Series to the extent and as provided in Sections 9.3 and 9.4 hereof, (iv) with respect to any amendment of this Declaration of Trust to the extent and as provided in Section 9.5 hereof, (v) as to whether or not a court action, proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively or as a class action on behalf of the Trust or any Series, or the Shareholders of any of them to the extent such Shareholders have acted in accordance with Section 3816 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act and the second paragraph of this Subsection 7.1 (provided, however, that a Shareholder of a particular Series shall not in any event be entitled to maintain a derivative or class action on behalf of any other Series or the Shareholders thereof), and (vi) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be required by the 1940 Act, this Declaration of Trust, the By-Laws or any registration of the Trust with the Commission (or any successor agency) or any State, or as the Trustees may consider necessary or desirable. If and to the extent that the Trustees shall determine that such action is required by law or by this Declaration, they shall cause each matter required or permitted to be voted upon at a meeting or by written consent of Shareholders to be submitted to a separate vote of the outstanding Shares of each Series entitled to vote thereon; provided, that (i) when expressly required by the 1940 Act or by other law, actions of Shareholders shall be taken by Single Class Voting of all outstanding Shares whose holders are entitled to vote thereon; and (ii) when the Trustees determine that any matter to be submitted to a vote of Shareholders affects only the rights or interests of Shareholders of one or more but not all Series or of one or more but not all Classes of a single Series (including without limitation any distribution plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act applicable to such Class), then only the Shareholders of the Series or Classes so affected shall be entitled to vote thereon. Any matter required to be submitted to Shareholders and affecting one or more Series shall require separate approval by the required vote of Shareholders of each affected Series; provided, however, that except as required by the 1940 Act, there shall be no separate Series votes on the election or removal of Trustees, the selection of the independent registered public accounting firm of the Trust and its Series or approval of any agreement or contract entered into by the Trust or any Series. Shareholders of a particular Class or Series shall not be entitled to vote on any matter that affects only one or more other Classes or Series.
 
 
28

 
 
In addition to the requirements set forth in Section 3816 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, a Shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the Trust with respect to a Series or Class only if the following conditions are met: (i) the Shareholder or Shareholders must make a pre-suit demand upon the Trustees to bring the subject action unless an effort to cause the Trustees to bring such an action is not likely to succeed; and a demand on the Trustees shall only be deemed not likely to succeed and therefore excused if a majority of the Trustees, or a majority of any Committee established to consider the merits of such action, has a personal financial interest in the transaction at issue, and a Trustee shall not be deemed interested in a transaction or otherwise disqualified from ruling on the merits of a Shareholder demand by virtue of the fact that (a) such Trustee receives remuneration for his service as a Trustee of the Trust or as a trustee or director of one or more investment companies that are under common management with or otherwise affiliated with the Trust (b) such Trustee was identified as a potential defendant or witness, (c) the Trustee approved the act being challenged (if the act did not result in any material personal benefit to the Trustee, or if the Trustee is also a Shareholder the act did not result in any material benefit that is not shared pro rata with other Shareholders) or (d) the Trustee is a Shareholder);; and (ii) unless a demand is not required under clause (i) of this paragraph, the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time (in any case, not less than 90 days) to consider such shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim; and the Trustees shall be entitled to retain counsel or other advisers in considering the merits of the request and shall require an undertaking by the Shareholders making such request to reimburse the Trust for the expense of any such advisers in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action. For purposes of this Section 7.1, the Trustees may designate a Committee of one Trustee to consider a Shareholder demand if necessary to create a Committee with a majority of Trustees who do not have a personal financial interest in the transaction at issue.
 
 
29

 
 
Section 7.2.     Number of Votes and Manner of Voting; Proxies. On each matter submitted to a vote of the Shareholders, each holder of Shares of any Series shall be entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of Shares of such Series standing in his name on the books of the Trust on the record date of the meeting. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election or removal of Trustees. Shares may be voted in person or by proxy and the form of any such proxy may be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees. A proxy with respect to Shares held in the name of two (2) or more Persons shall be valid if executed by any one of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Trust receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. Until Shares are issued, the Trustees may exercise all rights of Shareholders and may take any action required by law, this Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws to be taken by Shareholders.
 
Section 7.3.     Meetings. Meetings of Shareholders may be called by the Trustees from time to time for the purpose of taking action upon any matter requiring the vote or authority of the Shareholders as herein provided, or upon any other matter deemed by the Trustees to be necessary or desirable. Written notice of any meeting of Shareholders shall be given or caused to be given by the Trustees by mailing such notice at least seven (7) days before such meeting, postage prepaid, stating the time, place and purpose of the meeting, to each Shareholder at the Shareholder's address as it appears on the records of the Trust. The Trustees shall promptly call and give notice of any meeting of Shareholders for which the purpose of such meeting is the  voting upon removal of any Trustee of the Trust when requested to do so in writing by Shareholders holding in the aggregate not less than ten percent (10%) of the Shares then outstanding. If the Trustees shall fail to call or give notice of any meeting of Shareholders for a period of thirty (30) days after written request by Shareholders holding in the aggregate at least ten percent (10%) of the Shares then outstanding requesting that a meeting be called for any other purpose requiring action by the Shareholders as provided herein or in the By-Laws, then such Shareholders holding in the aggregate at least ten percent (10%) of the Shares then outstanding may call and give notice of such meeting, and thereupon the meeting shall be held in the manner provided for herein in the case of a calling of a meeting by the Trustees. Any meetings may be held within or without the State of Delaware. Shareholders may only act with respect to matters set forth in the notice to Shareholders.
 
Section 7.4.     Record Dates. For the purpose of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to vote or act at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, or who are entitled to participate in any dividend or distribution, or for the purpose of any other action, the Trustees may from time to time close the transfer books for such period, not exceeding thirty (30) days (except at or in connection with the termination of the Trust), as the Trustees may determine; or without closing the transfer books the Trustees may fix a date and time not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of any meeting of Shareholders or other action as the date and time of record for the determination of Shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to be treated as Shareholders of record for purposes of such other action, and any Shareholder who was a Shareholder at the date and time so fixed shall be entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to be treated as a Shareholder of record for purposes of such other action, even though he has since that date and time disposed of his Shares, and no Shareholder becoming such after that date and time shall be so entitled to vote at such meeting or any adjournment thereof or to be treated as a Shareholder of record for purposes of such other action.
 
 
30

 
 
Section 7.5.     Quorum and Required Vote. The presence in person or by proxy of one-third of the holders of Shares entitled to vote shall be a quorum for the transaction of business at a Shareholders' meeting, but any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting without the necessity of further notice. A Majority Shareholder Vote at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall decide any question, except when a different vote is required or permitted by any provision of the 1940 Act or other applicable law or by this Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws, or when the Trustees shall in their discretion require a larger vote or the vote of a majority or larger fraction of the Shares of one or more particular Series.
 
Section 7.6.     Action By Written Consent. Subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act and other applicable law, any action taken by Shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a majority of Shareholders entitled to vote on the matter (or such larger proportion thereof or of the Shares of any particular Series as shall be required by the 1940 Act or by any express provision of this Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws or as shall be permitted by the Trustees) consent to the action in writing and if the writings in which such consent is given are filed with the records of the meetings of Shareholders, to the same extent and for the same period as proxies given in connection with a Shareholders' meeting. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.
 
Section 7.7.     Inspection of Records. The records of the Trust shall be open to inspection by Shareholders to the same extent as is permitted stockholders of a Delaware business corporation under the Delaware business corporation law.
 
Section 7.8.     Additional Provisions. The By-Laws may include further provisions for Shareholders' votes and meetings and related matters not inconsistent with the provisions hereof.
 
ARTICLE 8
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION
 
Section 8.1.     Trustees, Shareholders, etc. The Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust, in incurring any debts, liabilities or obligations, or in limiting or omitting any other actions for or in connection with the Trust, are or shall be deemed to be acting as Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the Trust and not in their own capacities. No Shareholder shall be subject to any personal liability whatsoever in tort, contract or otherwise to any other Person or Persons in connection with the assets or the affairs of the Trust or of any Series, and subject to Section 8.5 hereof, no Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall be subject to any personal liability whatsoever in tort, contract, or otherwise, to any other Person or Persons in connection with the assets or affairs of the Trust or of any Series, save only that arising from his own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office or the discharge of his functions. The Trust (or if the matter relates only to a particular Series, that Series) shall be solely liable for any and all debts, claims, demands, judgments, decrees, liabilities or obligations of any and every kind, against or with respect to the Trust or such Series in tort, contract or otherwise in connection with the assets or the affairs of the Trust or such Series, and all Persons dealing with the Trust or any Series shall be deemed to have agreed that resort shall be had solely to the Trust Property or the assets of such Series, as the case may be, for the payment or performance thereof. The Trustees shall use their best efforts to ensure that every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made or issued by the Trustees or by any officers or officer shall give notice that a Certificate of Trust, referring to the Declaration of Trust, is on file with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and shall recite to the effect that the same was executed or made by or on behalf of the Trust or by them as Trustees or Trustee or as officers or officer, and not individually, and that the obligations of such instrument are not binding upon any of them or the Shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust, or the particular Series in question, as the case may be, but the omission thereof shall not operate to bind any Trustees or Trustee or officers or officer or Shareholders or Shareholder individually, or to subject the assets of any Series to the obligations of any other Series. No Trustee who has been determined to be an “audit committee financial expert” (for purposes of Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or any successor provision thereto) by the Board of Trustees shall be subject to any greater liability or duty of care in discharging such Trustee’s duties and responsibilities by virtue of such determination than is any Trustee who has not been so designated.
 
 
31

 
 
Section 8.2.     Trustees' Good Faith Action; Expert Advice; No Bond or Surety. The exercise by the Trustees of their powers and discretions hereunder shall be binding upon everyone interested. Subject to Section 8.5 hereof, a Trustee shall be liable for his own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee, and for nothing else, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. Subject to the foregoing, (i) the Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer, agent, employee, consultant, Investment Adviser, Administrator, Distributor or Principal Underwriter, Custodian, Transfer Agent, Dividend Disbursing Agent, Shareholder Servicing Agent or Accounting Agent of the Trust, nor shall any Trustee be responsible for the act or omission of any other Trustee; (ii) the Trustees may take advice of counsel or other experts with respect to the meaning and operation of this Declaration of Trust and their duties as Trustees, and shall be under no liability for any act or omission in accordance with such advice or for failing to follow such advice; and (iii) in discharging their duties, the Trustees, when acting in good faith, shall be entitled to rely upon the books of account of the Trust, upon an opinion of counsel and upon written reports made to the Trustees by any officer appointed by them, any independent registered public accounting firm, and (with respect to the subject matter of the contract involved) any officer, partner or responsible employee of a Contracting Party appointed by the Trustees pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof. The Trustees as such shall not be required to give any bond or surety or any other security for the performance of their duties.
 
 
32

 
 
Section 8.3     Fiduciary Duty .
 
(a) To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Trustee, officer, employee or agent of the Trust (each a “Fiduciary Covered Person”) has duties including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Trust, to the Shareholders or to any other Person, a Fiduciary Covered Person acting under this Declaration of Trust shall not be liable to the Trust, to the Shareholders or to any other Person for his good faith reliance on the provisions of this Declaration of Trust. The provisions of this Declaration of Trust, to the extent that they restrict or eliminate the duties and liabilities of Fiduciary Covered Persons otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Fiduciary Covered Persons.
 
(b) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein:  
 
i.           whenever a conflict of interest exists or arises between any Fiduciary Covered Person or any of his Affiliated Persons, on the one hand, and the Trust or any Shareholders or any other Person, on the other hand; or
 
ii.           whenever this Declaration of Trust or any other agreement contemplated herein or therein provides that a Fiduciary Covered Person shall act in a manner that is, or provides terms that are, fair and reasonable to the Trust, any Shareholders or any other Person; then
 
iii.           such Fiduciary Covered Person shall resolve such conflict of interest, take such action or provide such terms, considering in each case the relative interest of each party (including his own interest) to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interests, any customary or accepted industry practices, and any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles. In the absence of bad faith by a Fiduciary Covered Person, the resolution, action or terms so made, taken or provided by a Fiduciary Covered Person shall not constitute a breach of this Declaration of Trust or any other agreement contemplated herein or of any duty or obligation of a Fiduciary Covered Person at law or in equity or otherwise.
 
(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration of Trust to the contrary or as otherwise provided in the 1940 Act, (i) whenever in this Declaration of Trust Fiduciary Covered Persons are permitted or required to make a decision in their “sole discretion” or under a grant of similar authority, the Fiduciary Covered Persons shall be entitled to consider such interests and factors as they desire, including their own interests, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of or factors affecting the Trust, the Shareholders or any other Person; and (ii) whenever in this Declaration of Trust a Fiduciary Covered Person is permitted or required to make a decision in “good faith” or under another express standard, the Fiduciary Covered Person shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standard. 
 
(d) Any Fiduciary Covered Person and any Affiliated Persons of any Fiduciary Covered Person may engage in or possess an interest in other profit-seeking or business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, whether or not such ventures are competitive with the Trust and the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Fiduciary Covered Person. No Fiduciary Covered Person who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Trust shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Trust, and such Fiduciary Covered Person shall not be liable to the Trust or to the Shareholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Fiduciary Covered Person pursues or acquires for, or directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Trust. Neither the Trust nor any Shareholders shall have any rights or obligations by virtue of this Declaration of Trust or the trust relationship created hereby in or to such independent ventures or the income or profits or losses derived therefrom, and the pursuit of such ventures, even if competitive with the activities of the Trust, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. Subject to any applicable laws or regulations including the 1940 Act, any Fiduciary Covered Person may engage or be interested in any financial or other transaction with the Trust, the Shareholders or any Affiliated Person of the Trust or the Shareholders.
 
 
33

 
 
Section 8.4.     Indemnification of Shareholders. If any Shareholder (or former Shareholder) of the Trust shall be charged or held to be personally liable for any obligation or liability of the Trust solely by reason of being or having been a Shareholder and not because of such Shareholder's acts or omissions or for some other reason, the Trust (upon proper and timely request by the Shareholder) may assume the defense against such charge and satisfy any judgment thereon or may reimburse the Shareholders for expenses, and the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or the heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives thereof, or in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled to be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability.  The indemnification and reimbursement required by this Section 8.4 shall be made only out of assets of the one or more Series or Classes the Shares of which were held by such Shareholder at the time the act or event occurred which gave rise to the claim against or liability of such Shareholder. The rights accruing to a Shareholder under this Section 8.4 shall not impair any other right to which such Shareholder may be lawfully entitled, nor shall anything herein contained restrict the right of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof to indemnify or reimburse a Shareholder in any appropriate situation even though not specifically provided herein. Neither the Trust nor the applicable Series or Class shall be responsible for satisfying any obligation arising from such a claim that has been settled by the Shareholder without prior written notice to the Trust and consent of the Trust to settle the claim.

Section 8.5.     Indemnification of Trustees, Officers, etc. Subject to the limitations, if applicable, hereinafter set forth in this Section 8.4, the Trust shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law (from the assets of the Series or Series to which the conduct in question relates) each of its Trustees former Trustees, officers, employees and agents (including Persons who serve at the Trust's request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter, together with such Person's heirs, executors, administrators or personal representative, referred to as a "Covered Person")) against all liabilities, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and expenses, including reasonable accountants' and counsel fees, reasonably incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Trust or otherwise, whether civil, criminal or administrative in nature, before any court or administrative or legislative body, including any appeal therefrom, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise or with which such Covered Person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Covered Person except with respect to any matter as to which it has been determined that such Covered Person had acted with willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person's office ("Disabling Conduct"). A determination that the Covered Person is entitled to indemnification may be made by (i) a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of Disabling Conduct, (ii) dismissal of a court action or an administrative proceeding against a Covered Person for insufficiency of evidence of Disabling Conduct, or (iii) a reasonable determination, based upon a review of the facts, that the indemnity was not liable by reason of Disabling Conduct by (a) a vote of a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are neither "interested persons" of the Trust as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act nor parties to the proceeding (the "Disinterested Trustees"), or (b) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion. In making such a determination, the Board of Trustees of the Trust shall act in conformity with then applicable law and administrative interpretations, and shall afford a Trustee requesting indemnification who is not an “interested person” of the Trust, as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act, a rebuttable presumption that such Trustee did not engage in disabling conduct while acting in his capacity as a Trustee.  Expenses, including accountants' and counsel fees so incurred by any such Covered Person (but excluding amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines or penalties), may be paid from time to time by one or more Series to which the conduct in question related in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding; provided that the Covered Person shall have undertaken to repay the amounts so paid to such Series if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Article 8 and (x) the Covered Person shall have provided security for such undertaking, (y) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (z) a majority of a quorum of the disinterested Trustees, or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall have determined, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification. The rights to indemnification set forth in this Declaration of Trust for Covered Persons shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Trustee or officer of the Trust and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.
 
 
34

 
 
Section 8.6.     Compromise Payment. As to any matter disposed of by a compromise payment by any such Covered Person referred to in Section 8.5 hereof, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no such indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless such indemnification shall be approved (i) by a majority of a quorum of the disinterested Trustees or (ii) by an independent legal counsel in a written opinion. Approval by the Trustees pursuant to clause (i) or by independent legal counsel pursuant to clause (ii) shall not prevent the recovery from any Covered Person of any amount paid to such Covered Person in accordance with either of such clauses as indemnification if such Covered Person is subsequently adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person's action was in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust or to have been liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the Covered Person's office.
 
 
35

 
 
Section 8.7.     Indemnification Not Exclusive, etc. The right of indemnification provided by this Article 8 shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any such Covered Person or shareholder may be entitled. As used in this Article 8, a "disinterested" Person is one against whom none of the actions, suits or other proceedings in question, and no other action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending or threatened. Nothing contained in this Article 8 shall affect any rights to indemnification to which personnel of the Trust, other than Trustees and officers, and other Persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law, nor the power of the Trust to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of any such Person.
 
Section 8.8.     Liability of Third Persons Dealing with Trustees. No Person dealing with the Trustees or any officer, employee or agent of the Trustshall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction purporting to be made by the Trustees or by said officer, employee or agent or be liable for the application of money or property paid, loaned, or delivered to or on the order of the Trustees or of said officer, employee or agent. Every obligation, contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking of the Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection with the Trust, shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by the executors thereof only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees or agents of the Trust. The execution of any such obligation, contract, instrument, certificate or other interest or undertaking shall not personally bind such Trustees, officers employees or agents of the Trust or make them personally liable thereunder, nor shall it give rise to a claim against their private property or the private property of the Shareholders for the satisfaction of any obligation or claim thereunder. The Trustees may maintain insurance for the protection of the Trust Property, Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees and agents in such amount as the Trustees shall deem advisable.
 
ARTICLE 9
 
DURATION; REORGANIZATION; INCORPORATION; AMENDMENTS
 
Section 9.1.    Duration of Trust. Unless terminated as provided herein, the Trust shall have perpetual existence.
 
Section 9.2.     Termination of Trust, Series or Class.

(a) The Trust may be terminated at any time by a vote of a Majority of the Trustees and written notice to the Shareholders. Any Series of Shares may be dissolved at any time by vote of a Majority of the Trustees and written notice to the Shareholders of such Series. Any Class of any Series of Shares may be terminated at any time by vote of a Majority of the Trustees and written notice to the Shareholders of such Class. Any action to dissolve the Trust shall be deemed also to be an action to dissolve each Series and each Class thereof and any action to dissolve a Series shall be deemed also to be an action to terminate each Class thereof.
 
 
36

 
 
(b) Upon the requisite action by the Trustees to dissolve the Trust or any one or more Series, after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities, whether due or accrued or anticipated, of the Trust or of the particular Series as may be determined by the Trustees, the Trust shall in accordance with such procedures as the Trustees consider appropriate reduce the remaining assets of the Trust or of the affected Series to distributable form in cash or Shares (if the Trust has not dissolved) Securities, other property or any combination thereof, and distribute the proceeds to the Shareholders of the Trust or Series involved in conformity with the provisions of Section 6.1(h) hereof. Thereupon, any affected Series shall terminate and the Trustees and the Trust shall be discharged of any and all further liabilities and duties relating thereto or arising therefrom, and the right, title and interest of all parties with respect to such Series shall be canceled and discharged. Upon the requisite action by the Trustees to terminate any Class of any Series of Shares, the Trustees may, to the extent they deem it appropriate, follow the procedures set forth in this Section 9.2(b) with respect to such Class that are specified in connection with the dissolution and winding up of the Trust or any Series of Shares. Alternatively, in connection with the termination of any Class of any Series of Shares, the Trustees may treat such termination as a redemption of the Shareholders of such Class effected pursuant to Section 6.1(k) of this Declaration of Trust provided that the costs relating to the termination of such Class shall be included in the determination of the Net Asset Value of the Shares of such Class for purposes of determining the redemption price to be paid to the Shareholders of such Class (to the extent not otherwise included in such determination).  After termination of the Trust or any Series or Class and distribution to the Shareholders as herein provided, a majority of the Trustees shall execute and lodge among the records of the Trust an instrument in writing setting forth the fact of such termination and shall cause a certificate of cancellation of the Trust’s Certificate of Trust to be filed in accordance with the Act, which certificate of cancellation may be signed by any one Trustee.  Upon termination of the Trust, the Trustees, subject to Section 3808 of the Act, shall be discharged of any and all further liabilities and duties relating thereto or arising therefrom, and the right, title and interest of all parties with respect to the Trust shall be canceled and discharged.

Section 9.3.     Merger, Consolidation, Incorporation.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Declaration of Trust to the contrary, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval unless such approval is required by the 1940 Act, (i) cause the Trust to convert into or merge, reorganize or consolidate with or into one or more trusts, partnerships, limited liability companies, associations, corporations or other business entities (each, a “Successor Entity”), or a series of any Successor Entity to the extent permitted by law, (ii) cause the Shares to be exchanged under or pursuant to any state or federal statute to the extent permitted by law, (iii) cause the Trust to incorporate under the laws of a state, commonwealth, possession or colony of the United States, (iv) sell or convey all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust or any Series or Class to another Series or Class of the Trust or to a Successor Entity, or a series of a Successor Entity to the extent permitted by law, for adequate consideration as determined by the Trustees which may include the assumption of all outstanding obligations, taxes and other liabilities, accrued or contingent of the Trust or any affected Series or Class, and which may include Shares of such other Series or Class of the Trust or shares of beneficial interest, stock or other ownership interest of such Successor Entity (or series thereof) or (v) at any time sell or convert into money all or any part of the assets of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof. Any agreement of merger, reorganization, consolidation, exchange or conversion or certificate of merger, certificate of conversion or other applicable certificate may be signed by a majority of the Trustees or an authorized officer of the Trust and facsimile signatures conveyed by electronic or telecommunication means shall be valid.
 
 
37

 
 
(b) Pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of Section 3815(f) of the Act, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Declaration of Trust, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved by the Trustees in accordance with this Section 9.3 may effect any amendment to the Declaration of Trust or effect the adoption of a new trust instrument of the Trust or change the name of the Trust if the Trust is the surviving or resulting entity in the merger or consolidation. 
 
(c) Notwithstanding anything else herein, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval unless such approval is required by the 1940 Act, create one or more statutory or business trusts to which all or any part of the assets, liabilities, profits or losses of the Trust or any Series or Class thereof may be transferred and may provide for the conversion of Shares in the Trust or any Series or Class thereof into beneficial interests in any such newly created trust or trusts or any series or classes thereof.
 
(d) Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration of Trust to the contrary, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, invest all or a portion of the Trust Property of any Series, or dispose of all or a portion of the Trust Property of any Series, and invest the proceeds of such disposition in interests issued by one or more other investment companies registered under the 1940 Act. Any such other investment company may (but need not) be a trust (formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state or jurisdiction) or subtrust thereof which is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Notwithstanding any provision of this Declaration of Trust to the contrary, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval unless such approval is required by the 1940 Act, cause a Series that is organized in the master/feeder fund structure to withdraw or redeem its Trust Property from the master fund and cause such series to invest its Trust Property directly in securities and other financial instruments or in another master fund. 

Section 9.4.     Amendments, etc . All rights granted to the Shareholders under this Declaration of Trust are granted subject to the reservation of the right to amend this Declaration of Trust as herein provided, except that no amendment or restatement of this Declaration of Trust or repeal of any of its provisions shall (a) limit or eliminate any of the benefits provided to any Person, including the limitations on personal liability, who at any time is or was a Trustee or officer of the Trust or otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder with respect to any act or omission that occurred prior to such amendment, restatement; or (b) repeal the prohibition of assessment upon the Shareholders (otherwise than as permitted under Section 6.1(l)) without the express consent of each Shareholder or Trustee involved. Subject to the foregoing, the provisions of this Declaration of Trust (whether or not related to the rights of Shareholders) may be amended at any time, so long as such amendment does not adversely affect the rights of any Shareholder with respect to which such amendment is or purports to be applicable and so long as such amendment is not in contravention of applicable law, including the 1940 Act, by an instrument in writing signed by a Majority of the Trustees (or by an officer of the Trust pursuant to the vote of a Majority of the Trustees). Any amendment to this Declaration of Trust that adversely affects the rights of all Shareholders may be adopted at any time by an instrument in writing signed by a Majority of the Trustees (or by an officer of the Trust pursuant to a vote of a Majority of the Trustees) when authorized to do so by the vote in accordance with Section 7.1 hereof of Shareholders holding a majority of all the Shares outstanding and entitled to vote, without regard to Series, or if said amendment adversely affects the rights of the Shareholders of less than all of the Series or Classes, by the vote of the holders of a majority of all the Shares entitled to vote of each Series or Class so affected.
 
 
38

 
 
Section 9.5.     Filing of Copies of Declaration and Amendments. The original or a copy of this Declaration and of each amendment hereto (including each Certificate of Designation and Certificate of Termination) shall be kept at the office of the Trust where it may be inspected by any Shareholder. A restated Declaration, integrating into a single instrument all of the provisions of this Declaration which are then in effect and operative, may be executed from time to time by a Majority of the Trustees and shall, upon execution, be conclusive evidence of all amendments contained therein and may thereafter be referred to in lieu of the original Declaration and the various amendments thereto. A Certificate of Trust shall be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
 
ARTICLE 10
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
Section 10.1.     Notices. Any and all notices to which any Shareholder hereunder may be entitled and any and all communications shall be deemed duly served or given if mailed, postage prepaid, addressed to any Shareholder of record at his last known address as recorded on the applicable register of the Trust.
 
Section 10.2.     Governing Law. This Declaration of Trust is, with reference to the laws thereof, and the rights of all parties and the construction and effect of every provision hereof shall be, subject to and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware.
 
Section 10.3.     Counterparts. This Declaration of Trust and any amendment thereto may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts, together, shall constitute but one and the same instrument, which shall be sufficiently evidenced by any such original counterpart.
 
Section 10.4.     Reliance by Third Parties. Any certificate executed by an individual who, according to the records of the Trust is a Trustee hereunder, certifying to: (a) the number or identity of Trustees or Shareholders, (b) the due authorization of the execution of any instrument or writing, (c) the form of any vote passed at a meeting of Trustees or Shareholders, (d) the fact that the number of Trustees or Shareholders present at any meeting or executing any written instrument satisfies the requirements of this Declaration of Trust, (e) the form of any By-Law adopted, or the identity of any officers elected, by the Trustees, (f) the existence or nonexistence of any fact or facts which in any manner relate to the affairs of the Trust, or (g) the name of the Trust or the establishment of a Series shall be conclusive evidence as to the matters so certified in favor of any Person dealing with the Trustees, or any of them, and the successors of such Person.
 
 
39

 
 
Section 10.5.     References; Headings. The masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders. Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and shall not be taken as a part of this Declaration or control or affect the meaning, construction or effect hereof.
 
Section 10.6.     Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulation.
 
(a) The provisions of this Declaration are severable, and if the Trustees shall determine, with the advice of counsel, that any of such provisions is in conflict with the 1940 Act, the regulated investment company provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or with other applicable laws and regulations, the conflicting provision shall be deemed never to have constituted a part of this Declaration; provided, however, that such determination shall not affect any of the remaining provisions of this Declaration or render invalid or improper any action taken or omitted prior to such determination.
 
(b) If any provision of this Declaration shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such provision in any other jurisdiction or any other provision of this Declaration in any jurisdiction.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused these presents to be executed as of the day and year first above written.
 
   
Signed by:
in his capacity as Trustee
 
 
40
 
CERTIFICATE OF TRUST
 
OF
 
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II

The undersigned, the sole trustee of Investment Managers Series Trust II (the "Trust"), desiring to form a statutory trust pursuant to the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (Title 12 of the Delaware Code)§ 3810, hereby certifies as follows:
 
I.     The name of the statutory trust is Investment Managers Series Trust II.
 
2.         The business address of the registered office of the Trust is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801. The name of the Trust's registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.
 
3.         Pursuant to§ 3807(b) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, notice is hereby given that the Trust is or will become a registered investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, within 180 days following the first issuance of beneficial interests.
 
4.          Series   Trust.   The Trust may issue series of beneficial interests, having separate rights, powers or duties with respect to property or obligations of the Trust, as provided in §§ 3804 and 3806(b)(2) of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, such that (a) the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to a particular series shall be enforceable against the assets of such series only, and not against the assets of the Trust generally or any other series, and (b) none of the debts, liabilities, obligations and expenses incurred, contracted for or otherwise existing with respect to the Trust generally or any other series thereof shall be enforceable against the assets of such series.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Trust as of this 13   day of August, 2013.
     
 
   
 
Eric M. Banhazl
 
 
Sole Trustee
 
     

 
 
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II
 
Certificate of Designation
 
of
 
Cedar Ridge Unconstrained Credit Fund
 
The Board of Trustees of Investment Managers Series Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Trustees of the Trust by Section 6.1 of the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended (the “Declaration”), does hereby establish and designate as a Series of the Trust, the Cedar Ridge Unconstrained Credit Fund (the “Fund”), with the following rights, preferences and characteristics:
 
1.            Shares .  The beneficial interest in the Fund shall be divided into Shares having a nominal or par value of $0.01 per Share, of which an unlimited number may be issued, which Shares shall represent interests only in the Fund.  The Trustees shall have the authority from time to time to authorize separate Series and Classes of Shares for the Trust as they deem necessary or desirable.
 
2.            Classes of Shares .  The Shares of the Fund shall be initially divided into two classes: Investor Class Shares and Institutional Class Shares .  The Trustees shall have the authority from time to time to authorize additional Classes of Shares of the Fund.
 
3.            Sales Charges .  Each Class shall be subject to such sales charges, if any, as may be established from time to time by the Trustees in accordance with the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, all as set forth in the Fund’s prospectus and statement of additional information.
 
4.            Allocation of Expenses Among Classes .  Expenses related solely to a particular Class (including, without limitation, distribution and/or service expenses under an agreement, plan or other arrangement, however designated) shall be borne by that Class and shall be appropriately reflected (in a manner determined by the Trustees) in the net asset value, dividends, distribution and liquidation rights of the Shares of that Class.
 
5.            Special Meetings .  A special meeting of Shareholders of a Class of the Fund may be called with respect to the Rule 12b-1 plan applicable to such Class or with respect to any other proper purpose affecting only holders of shares of such Class at any time by a Majority of the Trustees.
 
 
 

 
 
6.            Other Rights Governed by Declaration .  All other rights, preferences, qualifications, limitations and restrictions with respect to Shares of any Series of the Trust or with respect to any Class of Shares set forth in the Declaration shall apply to Shares of the Fund unless otherwise specified in this Certificate of Designation, in which case this Certificate of Designation shall govern.
 
7.            Amendments, etc.   Subject to the provisions and limitations of Section 9.5 of the Declaration and applicable law, this Certificate of Designation may be amended by an instrument signed in writing by a Majority of the Trustees (or by an officer of the Trust pursuant to the vote of a Majority of the Trustees) or when authorized to do so by the vote in accordance with the Declaration of the holders of a majority of all the Shares of the Fund outstanding and entitled to vote or, if such amendment affects the Shares of one or more but not all of the Classes of the Fund, the holders of a majority of all the Shares of the affected Classes outstanding and entitled to vote.
 
8.            Incorporation of Defined Terms .  All capitalized terms which are not defined herein shall have the same meaning as ascribed to those terms in the Declaration.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant to the vote of a majority of the Trustees, the undersigned officer has signed this document as of the 16 th day of September 2013.
 
 
 
Joy Ausili, Secretary

 
INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II (IMST II)

BY-LAWS

These are the By-Laws of Investment Managers Series Trust II, a statutory trust established under the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to the Declaration made the 16th day of September, 2013, and a Certificate of Trust filed in the office of the Secretary of State pursuant to Section 3810 of the Delaware Statutory Trust Act, Title 12, Chapter 38 of the Delaware Code. These By-Laws have been adopted by the Trustees pursuant to the authority granted by Section 4.14 of the Declaration.

All words and terms capitalized in these By-Laws, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meanings as they have in the Declaration.

ARTICLE 1

SHAREHOLDERS AND SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS

Section 1.1. Meetings. A meeting of the Shareholders of the Trust shall be held whenever called by the Chairman, the President or a majority of the Trustees and whenever election of a Trustee or Trustees by Shareholders is required by the provisions of the 1940 Act at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated by the Trustees or the President of the Trust. Meetings of Shareholders shall also be called in accordance with Section 7.1 of the Declaration by the Trustees when requested in writing by Shareholders holding in the aggregate at least ten percent (10%) of the Shares then outstanding for the purpose of voting upon removal of any Trustee, or if the Trustees shall fail to call or give notice of any such meeting of Shareholders for a period of thirty (30) days after such request, then Shareholders holding in the aggregate at least ten percent (10%) of the Shares then outstanding may call and give notice of such meeting. Notice of Shareholders' meetings shall be given as provided in the Declaration.

           Section 1.2. Presiding Officer; Secretary. The President shall preside at each Shareholders' meeting as chairman of the meeting, or in the absence of the President, the Trustees present at the meeting shall elect one of their number as chairman of the meeting. Unless otherwise provided for by the Trustees, the Secretary of the Trust shall be the secretary of all meetings of Shareholders and shall record the minutes thereof.

Section 1.3. Authority of Chairman of Meeting to Interpret Declaration and By-Laws. At any Shareholders' meeting the chairman of the meeting shall be empowered to determine the construction or interpretation of the Declaration or these By-Laws, or any part thereof or hereof, and his ruling shall be final.

Section 1.4. Voting. At all meetings of the Shareholders, votes shall be taken by ballot for all matters which may be binding upon the Trustees pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Declaration. On other matters, votes of Shareholders need not be taken by ballot unless otherwise provided for by the Declaration or by vote of the Trustees, or as required by the 1940 Act, but the chairman of the meeting may in his discretion authorize any matter to be voted upon by ballot.  At any meeting of Shareholders, the Trust will consider broker non-votes as present for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present at the meeting.  Broker non-votes will not count as votes cast.
 
 
1

 
 
Section 1.5. Inspectors. At any meeting of Shareholders, the chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more Inspectors of Election or Balloting to supervise the voting at such meeting or any adjournment thereof. If Inspectors are not so appointed, the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any Shareholder present or represented and entitled to vote shall, appoint one or more Inspectors for such purpose. Each Inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of Inspector of Election or Balloting, as the case may be, at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. If appointed, Inspectors shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.

Section 1.6. Records at Shareholder Meetings. At each meeting of the Shareholders there shall be open for inspection the minutes of the last previous Meeting of Shareholders of the Trust and a list of the Shareholders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the Secretary or other proper agent of the Trust, as of the record date of the meeting or the date of closing of transfer books, as the case may be. Such list of Shareholders shall contain the name of each Shareholder. Shareholders shall have such other rights and procedures of inspection of the books and records of the Trust as are granted to stockholders of a Delaware business corporation.

Section 1.7. Shareholders' Action in Writing. Nothing in this Article 1 shall limit the power of the Shareholders to take any action by means of written instruments without a meeting, as permitted by Section 7.6 of the Declaration.

ARTICLE 2

TRUSTEES AND TRUSTEES' MEETINGS
 
Section 2.1. Regular Meetings of Trustees. Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at such places and at such times as the Trustees may from time to time determine; provided, however, that notice of such determination, and of the time and place of the first regular meeting thereafter, shall be given to each absent Trustee in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof.

Section 2.2. Special Meetings of Trustees. Special meetings of the Trustees may be held at any time and at any place when called by the President or the Treasurer or by two (2) or more Trustees; provided, however, that notice of the time and place thereof is given to each Trustee in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by the officer or the Trustees calling the meeting.
 
 
2

 
 
Section 2.3. Notice of Meetings. Notice of any regular or special meeting of the Trustees shall be sufficient if given in writing to each Trustee, and if sent by mail at least five (5) days, by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service at least two (2) days or by facsimile or electronic transmission at least twenty-four (24) hours, before the meeting, addressed to each Trustee’s usual or last known business or residence address, or if delivered to such Trustee in person at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Notice of a special meeting need not be given to any Trustee who was present at an earlier meeting, not more than thirty-one (31) days prior to the subsequent meeting, at which the subsequent meeting was called. Unless statute, these By-Laws or a resolution of the Trustees might otherwise dictate, notice need not state the business to be transacted at or the purpose of any meeting of the Board of Trustees. Notice of a meeting may be waived by any Trustee by written waiver of notice, executed by such Trustee before or after the meeting, and such waiver shall be filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance by a Trustee at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice, except where a Trustee attends a meeting for the purpose of protesting prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice. No notice need be given of action proposed to be taken by written consent in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Declaration.

Section 2.4. Quorum: Presiding Trustee. At any meeting of the Trustees, a Majority of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. Unless the Trustees shall otherwise elect, generally or in a particular case, the Chairman shall be the presiding Trustee at each meeting of the Trustees or in the absence of the Chairman, the President shall preside over the meeting. In the absence of both the Chairman and the President, the Trustees present at the meeting shall elect one of their number as presiding Trustee of the meeting.

Section 2.5. Participation by Telephone. All or any one or more of the Trustees may participate in a meeting thereof or of any Committee of the Trustees by means of a conference telephone or similar means of communications allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting unless the 1940 Act specifically requires the Trustees to act “in person,” in which case such term shall be construed consistent with Commission or staff releases or interpretations.
 
Section 2.6. Actions by Trustees. Voting at Trustees' meetings may be conducted orally, by show of hands, or, if requested by any Trustee, by written ballot. The results of all voting shall be recorded by the Secretary in the minute book.

Section 2.7. Rulings of Presiding Trustee. All other rules of conduct adopted and used at any Trustees' meeting shall be determined by the presiding Trustee of such meeting, whose ruling on all procedural matters shall be final.

Section 2.8. Trustees' Action in Writing. Nothing in this Article 2 shall limit the power of the Trustees to take action by means of a written instrument without a meeting, as provided in Section 4.2 of the Declaration.

 
3

 

Section 2.9. Chairman of the Board. The Trustees may from time to time elect one of the Trustees to serve as Chairman of the Board of Trustees.

ARTICLE 3

OFFICERS

Section 3.1. Officers of the Trust. The officers of the Trust shall consist of a President, a Treasurer, Chief Compliance Officer and a Secretary, and may include one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, and such other officers as the Trustees may designate. Any person may hold more than one office.

Section 3.2. Time and Terms of Election. The President, the Treasurer and the Secretary shall be elected by the Trustees at their first meeting. Such officers shall hold office until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, and may be removed at any meeting by the affirmative vote of a Majority of the Trustees. All other officers of the Trust may be elected or appointed at any meeting of the Trustees. Such officers shall hold office for any term, or indefinitely, as determined by the Trustees, and shall be subject to removal, with or without cause, at any time by the Trustees.

Section 3.3. Resignation and Removal. Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Trustees. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  If the office of any officer or agent becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or otherwise, the Trustees may choose a successor, who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred. Except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement with the Trust, no officer resigning or removed shall have any right to any compensation for any period following such resignation or removal, or any right to damage on account of such removal.

           Section 3.4. Fidelity Bond. The Trustees may, in their discretion, direct any officer appointed by them to furnish at the expense of the Trust a fidelity bond approved by the Trustees, in such amount as the Trustees may prescribe.

Section 3.5. President. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Trust and, subject to the supervision of the Trustees, shall have general charge and supervision of the business, property and affairs of the Trust and such other powers and duties as the Trustees may prescribe.

Section 3.6. Vice Presidents. In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice President or, if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order of their seniority or as otherwise designated by the Trustees, shall exercise all of the powers and duties of the President. The Vice Presidents shall have the power to execute bonds, notes, mortgages and other contracts, agreements and instruments in the name of the Trust, and shall do and perform such other duties as the Trustees or the President shall direct.
 
 
4

 
 
Section 3.7. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Trust; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Trust; shall deposit all moneys, and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Trust, in such depositories as may be designated by the Trustees, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; shall have such other duties and powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees; and shall render to the Trustees, whenever they may require it, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Trust. If no Controller is elected, the Treasurer shall also have the duties and powers of the Controller, as provided in these By-Laws. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such duties and powers as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees or the Treasurer, and shall be responsible to and shall report to the Treasurer. In the absence or disability of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer or, if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order of their seniority or as otherwise designated by the Trustees or the Chairman, shall have the powers and duties of the Treasurer.

Section 3.8. Controller and Assistant Controllers. If a Controller is elected, he shall be the chief accounting officer of the Trust and shall be in charge of its books of account and accounting records and of its accounting procedures, and shall have such duties and powers as are commonly incident to the office of a controller, and such other duties and powers as may be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees. The Controller shall be responsible to and shall report to the Trustees, but in the ordinary conduct of the Trust's business, shall be under the supervision of the Treasurer. Any Assistant Controller shall have such duties and powers as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees or the Controller, and shall be responsible to and shall report to the Controller. In the absence or disability of the Controller, the Assistant Controller or, if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Controllers in the order of their seniority or as otherwise designated by the Trustees, shall have the powers and duties of the Controller.

           Section 3.9. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall, if and to the extent requested by the Trustees, attend all meetings of the Trustees, any Committee of the Trustees and/or the Shareholders and record all votes and the minutes of proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, shall give or cause to be given notice of all meetings of the Trustees, any Committee of the Trustees, and of the Shareholders and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Trustees. The Secretary, or in his absence any Assistant Secretary, shall affix any seal of the Trust adopted by the Trustees as provided in Section 3.1 of the Declaration to any instrument requiring it, and when so affixed, it shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall be the custodian of the Share records and all other books, records and papers of the Trust (other than financial) and shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law are properly kept and filed. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary or, if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order of their seniority or as otherwise designated by the Trustees, shall have the powers and duties of the Secretary.
 
 
5

 
 
Section 3.10.  Chief Compliance Officer.  The Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”) of the Trust shall be responsible for administering the Trust’s policies and procedures adopted pursuant to Rule 38a-1(a) under the 1940 Act, or any successor provision thereto.  The CCO shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time may prescribed by the Trustees.

Section 3.11. Substitutions. In case of the absence or disability of any officer of the Trust, or for any other reason that the Trustees may deem sufficient, the Trustees may delegate, for the time being, the powers or duties, or any of them, of such officer to any other officer, or to any Trustee.

Section 3.12. Execution of Deeds, etc. Except as the Trustees may generally or in particular cases otherwise authorize or direct, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, proposals, bonds, notes, checks, drafts and other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the Trust shall be signed or endorsed on behalf of the Trust by its properly authorized officers or agents.

Section 3.13. Power to Vote Securities. Unless otherwise ordered by the Trustees, the Treasurer shall have full power and authority on behalf of the Trust to give proxies for, and/or to attend and to act and to vote at, any meeting of stockholders of any corporation (or any meeting of the owners of any other type of entity owned or held by the Trust) in which the Trust may hold shares, and at any such meeting the Treasurer or his proxy shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock which, as the owner thereof, the Trust might have possessed and exercised if present. The Trustees, by resolution from time to time, or, in the absence thereof, the Treasurer, may confer like powers upon any other person or persons as attorneys and proxies of the Trust.

ARTICLE 4

COMMITTEES

           Section 4.1. Power of Trustees to Designate Committees. The Trustees, by vote of a Majority of the Trustees, may elect from their number an Executive Committee and any other Committees and may delegate thereto some or all of their powers except those which by law, by the Declaration or by these By-Laws may not be delegated; provided, however, that an Executive Committee shall not be empowered to elect the President, the Treasurer or the Secretary, to amend the By-Laws, to exercise the powers of the Trustees under this Section 4.1 or under Section 4.6 hereof, or to perform any act for which the action of a Majority of the Trustees is required by law, by the Declaration or by these By-Laws. The member(s) of any such Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Trustees.

Section 4.2. Audit Committee. The Trustees shall, by the affirmative vote of a Majority of the Trustees, appoint from its members an Audit Committee composed of two or more Trustees who are not "interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust, as the Trustees may from time to time determine. The Audit Committee shall (a) recommend  an independent registered public accounting firm for selection by the Trustees; (b) assist Trustee oversight of (i) the integrity of the Trust's financial statements; (ii) the independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications and independence and (iii) the performance of the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm; (c) serve to provide an open avenue of communication among the independent registered public accounting firm, the Trust's officers and the Trustees; (d) serve as the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee (“QLCC”) for the Trust for the purpose of compliance with Rules 205.2(k) and 205.3(c) of the Code of Federal Regulations regarding alternative reporting procedures for attorneys retained or employed by an issuer who appear and practice before the Commission on behalf of the issuer; and (e) perform any other activities required by applicable law or as delegated to it by the Trustees.

 
6

 
 
            Section 4.3. Nominating and Governance Committee. The Trustees may, by the affirmative vote of a Majority of the Trustees, appoint from its members a Nominating and Governance Committee composed of two or more Trustees. The Nominating and Governance Committee shall recommend to the Trustees a slate of persons to be nominated for election as Trustees by the Shareholders at a meeting of the Shareholders and a person to be elected to fill any vacancy occurring for any reason in the Board of Trustees. The Nominating and Governance Committee will also consider nominees properly recommended by Shareholders.   Shareholders may recommend a nominee by sending nominations that include biographical data and the qualifications of the proposed nominee, as well as any other information required by the Trust’s Nominating and Governance Committee, to the Trust’s Secretary. 
 
Section 4.4.  Compliance with Fund Governance Standards.  Notwithstanding anything in this Article 4 to the contrary, if the Trust has in effect a plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act: (a) the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the Trust shall be committed to the discretion of the current Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust; (b) a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Trust will determine if any person who acts as legal counsel for the Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the Trust is an "independent legal counsel" (as defined in the 1940 Act) in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act; (c) a Trustee who is not an "interested person" of the Trust will serve as Chairman of the Board; (d) the Board of Trustees will evaluate at least once annually the performance of the Trustees and the Committees of the Trustees; (e) the Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the Trust will meet at least once quarterly in a session at which no Trustees who are "interested persons" of the Trust are present; and (f) the Trustees who are not "interested persons" of the Trust are authorized to hire employees and to retain advisers and experts necessary to carry out their duties.

Section 4.5. Rules for Conduct of Committee Affairs. Except as otherwise provided by the Trustees, each Committee elected or appointed pursuant to this Article 4 may adopt such standing rules and regulations for the conduct of its affairs as it may deem desirable, subject to review and approval of such rules and regulations by the Trustees at the next succeeding meeting of the Trustees, but in the absence of any such action or any contrary provisions by the Trustees, the business of each Committee shall be conducted, so far as practicable, in the same manner as provided herein and in the Declaration.
 
 
7

 
 
Section 4.6. Trustees May Alter, Abolish, etc., Committees. Trustees may at any time alter or abolish any Committee, change membership of any Committee, or revoke, rescind, waive or modify action of any Committee or the authority of any Committee with respect to any matter or class of matters; provided, however, that no such action shall impair the rights of any third parties.

Section 4.7. Minutes: Review by Trustees. Any Committee to which the Trustees delegate any of their powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its actions to the Trustees.
 
 
8

 
 
ARTICLE 5

SEAL

The seal of the Trust, if any, may be affixed to any instrument, and the seal and its attestation may be lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed on any document with the same force and effect as if had been imprinted and affixed manually in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if done by a Delaware corporation. Unless otherwise required by the Trustees, the seal shall not be necessary to be placed on, and its absence shall not impair the validity of, any document, instrument or other paper executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Trust.
 
ARTICLE 6

SHARES

           Section 6.1. Issuance of Shares. The Trustees may issue an unlimited number of Classes of Shares of any or all Series either in certificated or uncertificated form, they may issue certificates to the holders of a Class of Shares of a Series which was originally issued in uncertificated form, and if they have issued Shares of any Series in certificated form, they may at any time discontinue the issuance of Share certificates for such Series and may, by written notice to such Shareholders of such Series require the surrender of their Share certificates to the Trust for cancellation, which surrender and cancellation shall not affect the ownership of Shares for such Series.

Section 6.2. Uncertificated Shares. For any Class of Shares for which the Trustees issue Shares without certificates, the Trust or the Transfer Agent may either issue receipts therefore or may keep accounts upon the books of the Trust for the record holders of such Shares, who shall in either case be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be the holders of such Shares as if they had received certificates therefore and shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof and of the Declaration.

Section 6.3. Share Certificates. For any Class of Shares for which the Trustees shall issue Share certificates, each Shareholder of such Class shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number of Shares owned by him in such form as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees. Such certificate shall be signed by the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Trust.  Such signatures may be facsimiles if the certificate is countersigned by a Transfer Agent, or by a Registrar, other than a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall cease to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Trust with the same effect as if he were such officer at the time of its issue.

Section 6.4. Lost, Stolen, etc., Certificates. If any certificate for certificated Shares shall be lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated, the Trustees may authorize the issuance of a new certificate of the same tenor and for the same number of Shares in lieu thereof. The Trustees shall require the surrender of any mutilated certificate with respect to which a new certificate is issued, and may, in their discretion, before the issuance of a new certificate, require the owner of a lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or the owner's legal representative, to make an affidavit or affirmation setting forth such facts as to the loss, theft or destruction as they deem necessary, and to give the Trust a bond in such reasonable sum as the Trustees direct, in order to indemnify the Trust.
 
 
9

 
 
ARTICLE 7

TRANSFER OF SHARES

Section 7.1. Transfer Agents, Registrars, etc. As approved in Section 5.2(e) of the Declaration, the Trustees shall have the authority to employ and compensate such transfer agents and registrars with respect to the Shares of the Trust as the Trustees shall deem necessary or desirable. In addition, the Trustees shall have the power to employ and compensate such dividend disbursing agents, warrant agents and agents for reinvestment of dividends as they shall deem necessary or desirable. Any of such agents shall have such power and authority as is delegated to any of them by the Trustees.

Section 7.2. Transfer of Shares. The Shares of the Trust shall be transferable on the books of the Trust as provided in Section 6.1(m) of the Declaration. The Trust, or its transfer agents, shall be authorized to refuse any transfer unless and until presentation of such evidence as may be reasonably required to show that the requested transfer is proper.

Section 7.3. Registered Shareholders. The Trust may deem and treat the holder of record of any Shares as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be required to take any notice of any right or claim of right of any other person.

ARTICLE 8

AMENDMENTS

Section 8.1. By-Laws Subject to Amendment. These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, at any time by vote of a Majority of the Trustees, without the consent of any Shareholder.

Section 8.2. Notice of Proposal to Amend By-Laws Required. No proposal to amend or repeal these By-Laws or to adopt new By-Laws shall be acted upon at a meeting unless either (i) such proposal is stated in the notice or in the waiver of notice, as the case may be, of the meeting of the Trustees at which such action is taken, or (ii) all of the Trustees as the case may be, are present at such meeting and all agree to consider such proposal without protesting the lack of notice.

10
 

INVESTMENT MANAGERS SERIES TRUST II
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOWN ALL BY THESE PRESENT, that the person(s) whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of the following individually:
 
Terrence Gallagher
Rita Dam
Joy Ausili
 
to act as attorney-in-fact and agent, with power of substitution and resubstitution, for the undersigned in any and all capacities to execute any and all documents relating to the Investment Managers Series Trust II, including but not limited to registration statements, amendments to registration statements, proxy solicitation materials, applications and amendments to applications, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and conforming all that said attorney-in-fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Dated: September 30th, 2013
 
 
/s/ Thomas Knipper
 
Thomas Knipper, Trustee
 
  /s/ Kathleen K. Shkuda
 
Kathleen K. Shkuda, Trustee
 
  /s/ Larry D. Tashjian
 
Larry D. Tashjian, Trustee
 
 
/s/ Eric Banhazl
 
Eric Banhazl, Trustee
 
 
  /s/John Zader
 
John Zader, Trustee